Merge branch 'mbgxhrt-demo-c'

15 files changed, 8495 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/c/demo/mbgdevio/vc6/mbgdevio.dsw b/c/demo/mbgdevio/vc6/mbgdevio.dsw
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a862826
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/demo/mbgdevio/vc6/mbgdevio.dsw
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
+# WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Project: "xhrtime"=.\xhrtime.dsp - Package Owner=<4>
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<4>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
+Global:
+
+Package=<5>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+Package=<3>
+{{{
+}}}
+
+###############################################################################
+
diff --git a/c/demo/mbgdevio/vc6/xhrtime.dsp b/c/demo/mbgdevio/vc6/xhrtime.dsp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84f9582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/demo/mbgdevio/vc6/xhrtime.dsp
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="xhrtime" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Console Application" 0x0103
+
+CFG=xhrtime - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "xhrtime.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "xhrtime.mak" CFG="xhrtime - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "xhrtime - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE "xhrtime - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Console Application")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "xhrtime - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /I "..\..\..\mbglib\include" /I "..\..\mbglib\include" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /FR /YX /FD /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386
+# ADD LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib mbgdevio.lib mbgutil.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /machine:I386 /libpath:"..\..\mbglib\lib" /libpath:"..\..\mbglib\lib\msc"
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "xhrtime - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP Ignore_Export_Lib 0
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /I "..\..\mbglib\include" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_CONSOLE" /D "_MBCS" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x407 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LINK32=link.exe
+# ADD BASE LINK32 kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept
+# ADD LINK32 mbgdevio.lib mbgutil.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib winspool.lib comdlg32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib /nologo /subsystem:console /debug /machine:I386 /pdbtype:sept /libpath:"..\..\mbglib\lib\msc"
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "xhrtime - Win32 Release"
+# Name "xhrtime - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\xhrtime.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\gpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\mbg_tgt.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\mbgdevio.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\mbgerror.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\mbggeo.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\mbgutil.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\pci_asic.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\pcpsdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\pcpsdev.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\usbdefs.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\use_pack.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=..\..\mbglib\include\words.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Resource Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe"
+# End Group
+# End Target
+# End Project
diff --git a/c/demo/mbgdevio/xhrtime.c b/c/demo/mbgdevio/xhrtime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..291785e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/demo/mbgdevio/xhrtime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: xhrtime.c 1.1 2009/01/07 15:21:48Z daniel TRASH daniel $
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Main file for mbgxhrtime program which demonstrates how to retrieve 
+ *    fast and accurate timestamps.
+ *
+ *    This program starts a polling thread which reads a high resolution 
+ *    time stamp and associated CPU cycles counter value once per second
+ *    and saves that data pair.
+ *
+ *    Current time stamps are then computed by taking the current CPU
+ *    cycles value and extrapolating the time from the last data pair.
+ *
+ *    This is very much faster than accessing the PCI card for every 
+ *    single time stamp.
+ *
+ *    Notes:
+ *
+ *    1.) This approach works / makes sense only with cards which support
+ *        high resolution time stamps (HR  time). If a card doesn't support
+ *        that then this program prints a warning.
+ *
+ *    2.) Extrapolation is done using the time stamp counter (TSC) registers 
+ *        provided by Pentium CPUs and newer/compatible
+ *        types as the cycles counter. On SMP / multicore CPUs those
+ *        counters may not be synchronized, so this works only correctly
+ *        if all cycles counter values are taken from the same CPU.
+ *        To achieve this the process CPU affinity is by default set to
+ *        the first CPU at program start, which means all threads of this
+ *        process are executed only on that CPU.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: xhrtime.c $
+ *  Revision 1.1  2009/01/07 15:21:48Z  daniel
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <mbgdevio.h>
+#include <mbgutil.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+// Configuration
+#define N_LOOPS 30          // Number of time stamps
+#define USE_PCPS_HR_TIME 1  // if 1, use PCPS_HR_TIME as output format, if 0, use FILETIME.
+
+typedef union
+{
+  FILETIME ft;
+  DWORDLONG dwl;
+} FT_DWL;
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void err_msg( const char *msg )
+{
+  fprintf( stderr, "** %s: %i\n", msg, GetLastError() );
+
+}  // err_msg
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void print_drvr_info( void )
+{
+  int rc;
+  PCPS_DRVR_INFO drvr_info;
+  MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh = mbg_open_device( 0 );
+  
+  if ( dh == MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE )
+  {
+    err_msg( "Unable to open device" );
+    exit( 1 );
+  }
+
+
+  rc = mbg_get_drvr_info( dh, &drvr_info );
+
+  mbg_close_device( &dh );
+
+
+  if ( rc != PCPS_SUCCESS )
+  {
+    err_msg( "Failed to read driver info" );
+    exit( 1 );
+  }
+
+  printf( "Kernel driver: %s v%i.%02i, %i device%s\n\n",
+          drvr_info.id_str,
+          drvr_info.ver_num / 100,
+          drvr_info.ver_num % 100,
+          drvr_info.n_devs,
+          ( drvr_info.n_devs == 1 ) ? "" : "s"
+        );
+
+}  // print_drvr_info
+
+
+
+static /*HDR*/
+void print_dev_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh,   
+                     PCPS_DEV *p_dev )
+{
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = mbg_get_device_info( dh, p_dev );
+
+  if ( rc == PCPS_SUCCESS )
+  {
+    _pcps_port_base( p_dev, 0 ) ? 
+      printf( "  %s at port %03Xh\n",
+            _pcps_fw_id( p_dev ),
+            _pcps_port_base( p_dev, 0 )
+          ) :
+      printf( "  %s\n",
+            _pcps_fw_id( p_dev )
+          );
+  }
+  else
+    err_msg( "Failed to read device info" );
+
+}  // print_dev_info
+
+
+
+int main( int argc, char* argv[] )
+{
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  int devices_found;
+
+  if ( mbgdevio_check_version( MBGDEVIO_VERSION ) != PCPS_SUCCESS )
+  {
+    printf( "The MBGDEVIO DLL API version %X which is installed is not compatible\n"
+            "with API version %X required by this program.\n",
+            mbgdevio_get_version(),
+            MBGDEVIO_VERSION
+          );
+    exit( 1 );
+  }
+
+  devices_found = mbg_find_devices();
+
+  if ( devices_found == 0 )
+  {
+    printf( "No radio clock found.\n" );
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+
+  printf( "Found %i radio clock%s\n", 
+          devices_found,
+          ( devices_found == 1 ) ? "" : "s"
+        );
+
+
+  print_drvr_info();
+
+
+  // There may be several radio clock devices installed. 
+  // Try to get information from each of the devices.
+  for ( i = 0; i < devices_found; i++ )
+  {
+    static PCPS_DEV dev;
+
+    MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh;
+
+
+    printf( "Radio clock %i:\n", i );
+
+    dh = mbg_open_device( i );
+    
+    if ( dh == MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE )
+    {
+      err_msg( "Unable to open device" );
+      continue;
+    }
+
+
+    print_dev_info( dh, &dev );
+    printf( "\n" );
+
+
+    // Only clocks with HR time support the extrapolation feature
+    if ( _pcps_has_hr_time( &dev ) )
+    {
+      int rc;
+      int this_loops = N_LOOPS;
+      MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO poll_thread_info = { { { { 0 } } } };
+
+
+      // Try to start the polling thread in mbgdevio.dll
+      rc = mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create( &poll_thread_info, dh, 0, 0 );
+
+      if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+        return -1;
+
+      for (;;)
+      {
+        static int has_printed_msg = 0;
+        MBG_PC_CYCLES cyc_1;
+        MBG_PC_CYCLES cyc_2;
+        MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY freq_hz;        
+        double access_time;
+
+      #if USE_PCPS_HR_TIME
+        PCPS_HR_TIME hrt;
+        char ws[80];
+      #else
+        FT_DWL tstamp_ft;
+        SYSTEMTIME tstamp_st, tstamp_lt;
+        TIME_ZONE_INFORMATION tzi;
+      #endif
+
+        // The frequency of the PC's cycles counter has to be computed.
+        rc = mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency( &poll_thread_info.xhrt_info, &freq_hz );
+
+        if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+          goto fail;
+
+        // As long as the frequency is 0, no valid time stamps can be received.
+        // For the caclulation of the frequency at least 2 polling cycles are needed
+        // which last 1 second by default.
+        if ( freq_hz == 0 )
+        {
+          if ( !has_printed_msg )
+          {
+            printf( "Waiting until frequency has been computed ... " );
+            has_printed_msg = 1;
+          }
+
+          Sleep( 50 );
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        if ( has_printed_msg )
+        {
+          printf( "\n" );
+          has_printed_msg = 0;
+        }
+
+        // Now the frequency is computed, we can start to get the time stamps.
+
+        // Get an extrapolated time stamp bracketed by
+        // mbg_get_pc_cycles() calls to compute the access time
+        mbg_get_pc_cycles( &cyc_1 );
+
+        #if USE_PCPS_HR_TIME
+          rc = mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time( &poll_thread_info.xhrt_info, &hrt );
+        #else
+          rc = mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime( &poll_thread_info.xhrt_info, &tstamp_ft.ft );
+        #endif
+
+        mbg_get_pc_cycles( &cyc_2 );
+
+        if ( rc != MBG_SUCCESS )
+          goto fail;
+
+        // compute the access_time
+        access_time = ( (double) cyc_2 - (double) cyc_1 ) / (double) ( (int64_t) freq_hz ) * (double) 1E6;
+
+        #if USE_PCPS_HR_TIME
+
+          // Convert PCPS_HR_TIME into a readable timestamp with fractions as local time.
+          mbg_str_pcps_hr_tstamp_utc( ws, sizeof( ws ), &hrt );
+          printf( "Extrapolated ref time (UTC)  : %s           (%.3f us)\n", ws, access_time );
+
+          mbg_str_pcps_hr_tstamp_loc( ws, sizeof( ws ), &hrt );
+          printf( "Extrapolated ref time (LOCAL): %s (%.3f us)\n\n", ws, access_time );
+
+        #else
+
+          // Convert the FILETIME timestamps into a readable format
+          FileTimeToSystemTime( &tstamp_ft.ft, &tstamp_st );
+
+          printf("Extrapolated ref time (UTC)  : %02d:%02d:%02d.%07d (%.3f us)\n",
+            tstamp_st.wHour,tstamp_st.wMinute,tstamp_st.wSecond, 
+            (DWORD) ( tstamp_ft.dwl % 10000000UL ), access_time ) ;
+
+          // Convert the UTC time to local time if necessary
+          GetTimeZoneInformation( &tzi );
+
+          SystemTimeToTzSpecificLocalTime( &tzi, &tstamp_st, &tstamp_lt );
+
+          printf("Extrapolated ref time (LOCAL): %02d:%02d:%02d.%07d (%.3f us)\n\n",
+            tstamp_lt.wHour,tstamp_lt.wMinute,tstamp_lt.wSecond, 
+            (DWORD) ( tstamp_ft.dwl % 10000000UL), access_time) ;
+
+        #endif
+
+        if ( this_loops > 0 )
+          this_loops--;
+
+        if ( this_loops == 0 )
+          break;
+
+        // if this_loops is < 0 then loop forever
+      }
+
+      goto done;
+
+    fail:
+      printf("** Aborting: xhrt function returned %i\n", rc );
+
+    done:
+      mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop( &poll_thread_info );
+
+      mbg_close_device( &dh );
+      printf( "\n" );  
+    }
+    else
+      printf( "High resolution time not supported by this device.\n" );
+
+  }
+  
+  printf ( "\n" );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/c/demo/mbgdevio/xhrtime.exe b/c/demo/mbgdevio/xhrtime.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2aafa3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/demo/mbgdevio/xhrtime.exe
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/gpsdefs.h b/c/mbglib/include/gpsdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c638841
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/gpsdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3215 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: gpsdefs.h 1.72 2008/11/28 09:26:21Z daniel REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    General definitions to be used with Meinberg clocks.
+ *    These definitions have initially be used with GPS devices only.
+ *    However, more and more Meinberg non-GPS devices also use some of 
+ *    these definitions.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: gpsdefs.h $
+ *  Revision 1.72  2008/11/28 09:26:21Z  daniel
+ *  Added definitions to support WWVB511
+ *  Revision 1.71  2008/10/31 14:31:44Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for TCR170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.70  2008/09/18 11:14:39  martin
+ *  Added definitions to support GEN170.
+ *  Revision 1.69  2008/09/15 14:16:17  martin
+ *  Added more macros to convert the endianess of structures.
+ *  Added N_COM_HS to the enumeration of handshake modes.
+ *  Added MBG_PS_... codes.
+ *  Revision 1.68  2008/08/25 10:51:13  martin
+ *  Added definitions for PTP270PEX and FRC511PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.67  2008/07/17 08:54:52Z  martin
+ *  Added macros to convert the endianess of structures.
+ *  Added multiref fixed frequency source.
+ *  Revision 1.66  2008/05/19 14:49:07  daniel
+ *  Renamed s_addr to start_addr in FPGA_INFO.
+ *  Revision 1.65  2008/05/19 09:00:01Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for GPS162.
+ *  Added FPGA_INFO and GPS_HAS_FPGA.
+ *  Added FPGA_START_INFO and associated definitions.
+ *  Added new XMRS status XMRS_..._NOT_SETTLED.
+ *  Added initializer XMULTI_REF_STATUS_INVALID.
+ *  Revision 1.64  2008/01/17 11:50:33Z  daniel
+ *  Made IGNORE_LOCK bit maskable.
+ *  Revision 1.63  2008/01/17 11:42:09Z  daniel
+ *  Made comments compatible for Doxygen parser.
+ *  No sourcecode changes.
+ *  Revision 1.62  2007/11/15 13:23:33Z  martin
+ *  Decide whether other Meinberg headers are to be included depending on whether
+ *  CLOCK_MEINBERG is defined (as with NTP) or not. Previous  versions checked
+ *  for "PACKAGE" which is also defined by the Borland C++ build environment, though.
+ *  Revision 1.61  2007/11/13 13:28:54  daniel
+ *  Added definitions to support GPS170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.60  2007/09/13 12:37:35Z  martin
+ *  Modified and added initializers for TZDL.
+ *  Added multiref source PTP over E1.
+ *  Added codes for MSF511 and GRC170 devices.
+ *  Modified XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS and XMULTI_REF_STATUS structures.
+ *  Avoid inclusion of other Meinberg headers in non-Meinberg projects.
+ *  Added device classification macros _mbg_rcvr_is_...().
+ *  Modified feature name string initializer for non-GPS devices.
+ *  Updated some comments.
+ *  Removed some obsolete comments.
+ *  Revision 1.59  2007/07/19 07:41:56Z  martin
+ *  Added symbol MBG_REF_OFFS_NOT_CFGD.
+ *  Revision 1.58  2007/05/21 15:46:44Z  martin
+ *  Fixed a typo.
+ *  Revision 1.57  2007/03/29 12:20:43  martin
+ *  Fixed some TZDL initializers.
+ *  Revision 1.56  2007/02/14 14:17:10Z  andre
+ *  bug fixed in mask XMRS_MSK_NO_CONN
+ *  Revision 1.55  2007/02/06 16:23:18Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for AM511.
+ *  Made SVNO unsigned.
+ *  Added support for OPT_SETTINGS.
+ *  Added XMULTI_REF_... definitions.
+ *  Added string initializer DEFAULT_FREQ_RANGES.
+ *  Revision 1.54  2007/01/04 11:39:39Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for TCR511.
+ *  Added definition GPS_FEAT_5_MHZ.
+ *  Updated some comments related to duplicate features/options
+ *  IGNORE_LOCK and EMU_SYNC.
+ *  Revision 1.53  2006/12/13 09:31:49  martin
+ *  Added feature flag for ignore_lock.
+ *  Revision 1.52  2006/12/12 15:47:18  martin
+ *  Added MBG_DEBUG_STATUS type and associated definitions.
+ *  Added definition GPS_HAS_REF_OFFS.
+ *  Moved PCPS_REF_OFFS and associated definitions from pcpsdefs.h here 
+ *  and renamed them to MBG_REF_OFFS, etc.
+ *  Revision 1.51  2006/10/23 15:31:27  martin
+ *  Added definitions for GPS170.
+ *  Added definitions for new multi_ref sources IRIG, NTP, and PTP.
+ *  Added some definitions useful when editing synth frequency.
+ *  Revision 1.50  2006/08/25 09:29:28Z  martin
+ *  Added structure NANO_TIME.
+ *  Revision 1.49  2006/08/09 07:06:42Z  martin
+ *  New TM_GPS status flag TM_EXT_SYNC.
+ *  Revision 1.48  2006/08/08 12:51:20Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for IRIG codes B006/B126 and B007/B127.
+ *  Revision 1.47  2006/07/06 08:41:45Z  martin
+ *  Added definition of MEINBERG_MAGIC.
+ *  Revision 1.46  2006/06/21 14:08:53Z  martin
+ *  Added masks of IRIG codes which contain time zone information.
+ *  Revision 1.45  2006/06/15 12:13:32Z  martin
+ *  Added MULTI_REF_STATUS and associated flags.
+ *  Added ROM_CSUM, RCV_TIMEOUT, and IGNORE_LOCK types.
+ *  Revision 1.44  2006/05/18 09:34:41Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for POUT max. pulse_len and max timeout.
+ *  Changed comment for POUT_SETTINGS::timeout:
+ *  Units are minutes, not seconds.
+ *  Added definition for MAX_POUT_TIME_STR_PORTS.
+ *  Added definitions for POUT mode 10MHz.
+ *  Added hint strings for POUT modes.
+ *  Added definitions for PZF511.
+ *  Revision 1.43  2006/01/24 07:53:29Z  martin
+ *  New TM_GPS status flag TM_HOLDOVER.
+ *  Revision 1.42  2005/11/24 14:53:22Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for manchester encoded DC IRIG frames.
+ *  Added POUT_TIMESTR and related definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.41  2005/11/03 15:06:59Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions to support GPS170PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.40  2005/10/28 08:58:29Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions for OCXO_DHQ.
+ *  Revision 1.39  2005/09/08 14:06:00Z  martin
+ *  Added definition SYNTH_PHASE_SYNC_LIMIT.
+ *  Revision 1.38  2005/08/18 10:27:35  andre
+ *  added definitions for GPS164,
+ *  added POUT_TIMECODE,
+ *  struct SCU_STAT changed,
+ *  ulong flags changed into two byte clk_info and ushort flags
+ *  Revision 1.37  2005/05/02 14:44:55Z  martin
+ *  Added structure SYNTH_STATE and associated definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.36  2005/03/29 12:44:07Z  martin
+ *  New RECEIVER_INFO::flags code: GPS_IRIG_FO_IN
+ *  Revision 1.35  2004/12/09 14:04:38Z  martin
+ *  Changed max synth freq from 12 MHz to 10 MHz.
+ *  Revision 1.34  2004/11/23 16:20:09Z  martin
+ *  Added bit definitions for the existing TTM status bit masks.
+ *  Revision 1.33  2004/11/09 12:39:59Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Added model code and name for TCR167PCI.
+ *  New type GPS_CMD.
+ *  Defined type BVAR_STAT and associated flags.
+ *  Revision 1.32  2004/09/20 12:46:25  andre
+ *  Added structures and definitions for SCU board.
+ *  Revision 1.31  2004/07/08 08:30:36Z  martin
+ *  Added feature GPS_FEAT_RCV_TIMEOUT.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2004/06/21 13:38:42  martin
+ *  New flag MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC/MBG_OPT_FLAG_EMU_SYNC
+ *  lets the receicer emulate/pretend to be always synchronized.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2004/06/21 13:35:46Z  martin
+ *  Revision 1.29  2004/06/16 12:47:53Z  martin
+ *  Moved OPT_SETTINGS related definitions from pcpsdefs.h
+ *  here and renamed symbols from PCPS_.. to to MBG_...
+ *  Revision 1.28  2004/03/26 10:37:00Z  martin
+ *  Added definitions to support multiple ref sources.
+ *  Added definitions OSC_DAC_RANGE, OSC_DAC_BIAS.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2004/03/08 14:06:45Z  martin
+ *  New model code and name for GPS169PCI.
+ *  Existing feature GPS_FEAT_IRIG has been 
+ *  renamed to GPS_FEAT_IRIG_TX.
+ *  Added feature GPS_FEAT_IRIG_RX.
+ *  Added IPv4 LAN interface feature flags.
+ *  Renamed IFLAGS_IGNORE_TFOM to IFLAGS_DISABLE_TFOM.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2003/12/05 12:28:20Z  martin
+ *  Added some codes used with IRIG cfg.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2003/10/29 16:18:14Z  martin
+ *  Added 7N2 to DEFAULT_GPS_FRAMINGS_GP2021.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2003/09/30 08:49:48Z  martin
+ *  New flag TM_LS_ANN_NEG which is set in addition to
+ *  TM_LS_ANN if next leap second is negative.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2003/08/26 14:32:33Z  martin
+ *  Added some initializers for commonly used
+ *  TZDL configurations.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2003/04/25 10:18:11  martin
+ *  Fixed typo inside an IRIG name string initializer.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2003/04/15 09:18:48  martin
+ *  New typedef ANT_CABLE_LEN.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2003/04/03 11:03:44Z  martin
+ *  Extended definitions for IRIG support.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2003/01/31 13:38:20  MARTIN
+ *  Modified type of RECEIVER_INFO.fixed_freq field.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2002/10/28 09:24:07  MARTIN
+ *  Added/renamed some POUT related symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2002/09/05 10:58:39  MARTIN
+ *  Renamed some symbols related to programmable outputs.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2002/08/29 08:04:47  martin
+ *  Renamed structure POUT_PROG to POUT_SETTINGS.
+ *  New structures POUT_SETTINGS_IDX, POUT_INFO,
+ *  POUT_INFO_IDX and associated definitions.
+ *  Updated some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2002/07/17 07:39:39Z  Andre
+ *  comma added in definition DEFAULT_GPS_OSC_NAMES
+ *  Revision 1.14  2002/06/27 12:17:29Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added new oscillator code TCXO_MQ.
+ *  Added initializer for oscillator names.
+ *  Added initializer for oscillator list ordered by quality.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2002/05/08 08:16:03  MARTIN
+ *  Added GPS_OSC_CFG_SUPP for RECEIVER_INFO.flags.
+ *  Fixed some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2002/03/14 13:45:56  MARTIN
+ *  Changed type CSUM from short to ushort.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2002/03/01 12:29:30  Andre
+ *  Added GPS_MODEL_GPS161 and GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS161.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2002/02/25 08:02:33Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added array of chars to union IDENT.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2002/01/29 15:21:46  MARTIN
+ *  Added new field "reserved" to struct SW_REV to fix C166 data
+ *  alignment/structure size. Converted structure IDENT to a union.
+ *  The changes above should not affect existing monitoring programs.
+ *  New status flag TM_ANT_SHORT.
+ *  New structure RECEIVER_INFO and associated definitions to
+ *  enhance control from monitoring programs.
+ *  New structures PORT_INFO, STR_TYPE_INFO, and associated
+ *  definitions to simplify and unify configuration from external programs.
+ *  New structures IRIG_INFO and POUT_PROG_IDX to configure an
+ *  optional IRIG interface and programmable pulse outputs.
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2001/03/30 11:44:11  MARTIN
+ *  Control alignment of structures from new file use_pack.h.
+ *  Defined initializers with valid baud rate and framing parameters.
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2001/03/01 08:09:22  MARTIN
+ *  Modified preprocessor syntax.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2000/07/21 14:04:33  MARTIN
+ *  Added som #if directives to protect structures against being multiply
+ *  defined.
+ *  Modified some comments.
+ *  Comments using characters for +/- and degree now include ASCII
+ *  characters only.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _GPSDEFS_H
+#define _GPSDEFS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#if defined( HAVE_CONFIG_H )
+  // this is mainly to simplify usage in non-Meinberg projects
+  #include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+// CLOCK_MEINBERG is defined in NTP's config.h if configured 
+// to support Meinberg clocks.
+#if !defined( CLOCK_MEINBERG )
+  // avoid having to use these headers in non-Meinberg projects
+  #include <words.h>
+  #include <use_pack.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )      // set byte alignment
+  #pragma pack( 1 )
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+/* "magic" number */
+#define MEINBERG_MAGIC 0x6AAC
+
+#define MIN_SVNO         1                  /* min. SV number */
+#define MAX_SVNO        32                  /* max. SV number */
+#define N_SVNO ( MAX_SVNO - MIN_SVNO + 1)   /* number of possibly active SVs */
+
+
+#define GPS_ID_STR_LEN      16
+#define GPS_ID_STR_SIZE     ( GPS_ID_STR_LEN + 1 )
+
+#define GPS_EPLD_STR_LEN    8
+#define GPS_EPLD_STR_SIZE   ( GPS_EPLD_STR_LEN + 1 )
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC   10000000L  /* system time base */
+
+#if !defined( GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC )
+  /*
+   * The actual ticks per seconds may vary for different
+   * GPS receiver models. If this is the case, the receiver
+   * model support the RECEIVER_INFO structure which contains
+   * the actual value.
+   */
+  #define GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC   DEFAULT_GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC
+#endif
+
+
+typedef uint16_t SVNO;    /* the number of a SV */
+typedef uint16_t HEALTH;  /* a SV's health code */
+typedef uint16_t CFG;     /* a SV's configuration code */
+typedef uint16_t IOD;     /* Issue-Of-Data code */
+
+
+/* the type of various checksums */
+
+#ifndef _CSUM_DEFINED
+  typedef uint16_t CSUM;
+  #define _CSUM_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+
+/** 
+  The type which is used to pass a cmd code via serial port, or bus.
+ The cmd codes are defined in gpsserio.h and pcpsdefs.h.
+*/
+typedef uint16_t GPS_CMD;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_gps_cmd( _p )    _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+
+/** 
+  A struct used to hold the software revision information 
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t code;               /**< e.g. 0x0120 means rev. 1.20 */
+  char name[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE];  /**< used to identify customized versions */
+  uint8_t reserved;            /**< yield even structure size */
+} SW_REV;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_sw_rev( _p )  \
+{                               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->code );   \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef uint16_t BVAR_STAT; /**< holds status of battery buffered vars */
+
+#define _mbg_swab_bvar_stat( _p )  _mbg_swab16( (_p) )
+
+/** 
+  The bits defined below are set in BVAR_STAT if the corresponding
+  parameters are NOT valid and complete:
+*/
+enum
+{
+  BVAR_BIT_CFGH_INVALID,
+  BVAR_BIT_ALM_NOT_COMPLETE,
+  BVAR_BIT_UTC_INVALID,
+  BVAR_BIT_IONO_INVALID,
+  BVAR_BIT_RCVR_POS_INVALID,
+  N_BVAR_BIT   // number of defined bits
+};
+
+#define BVAR_CFGH_INVALID      ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_CFGH_INVALID )
+#define BVAR_ALM_NOT_COMPLETE  ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_ALM_NOT_COMPLETE )
+#define BVAR_UTC_INVALID       ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_UTC_INVALID )
+#define BVAR_IONO_INVALID      ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_IONO_INVALID )
+#define BVAR_RCVR_POS_INVALID  ( 1UL << BVAR_BIT_RCVR_POS_INVALID )
+
+/**< bit mask for all defined bits */
+#define BVAR_MASK  ( ( 1UL << N_BVAR_BIT ) - 1 )
+
+
+
+/* a struct used to hold a fixed frequency value */
+/* frequ[kHz] = khz_val * 10^range */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t khz_val;     /* the base frequency in [kHz] */
+  int16_t range;        /* an optional base 10 exponent */
+} FIXED_FREQ_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_fixed_freq_info( _p )  \
+{                                        \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->khz_val );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->range );           \
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The following code defines features and properties
+ * of the various GPS receivers. Older GPS receivers
+ * may require a recent firmvare version to support
+ * this, or may not support this at all.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The structure is ordered in a way that all fields
+ * except chars or arrays of chars are word-aligned.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t model_code;               /**< identifier for receiver model */
+  SW_REV sw_rev;                     /**< software revision and ID */
+  char model_name[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE];  /**< ASCIIZ, name of receiver model */
+  char sernum[GPS_ID_STR_SIZE];      /**< ASCIIZ, serial number */
+  char epld_name[GPS_EPLD_STR_SIZE]; /**< ASCIIZ, file name of EPLD image */
+  uint8_t n_channels;       /**< number of sats to be tracked simultaneously */
+  uint32_t ticks_per_sec;   /**< resolution of fractions of seconds */
+  uint32_t features;        /**< optional features, see below */
+  FIXED_FREQ_INFO fixed_freq; /**< optional non-standard fixed frequency */
+  uint8_t osc_type;         /**< type of installed oscillator, see below */
+  uint8_t osc_flags;        /**< oscillator flags, see below */
+  uint8_t n_ucaps;          /**< number of user time capture inputs */
+  uint8_t n_com_ports;      /**< number of on-board serial ports */
+  uint8_t n_str_type;       /**< max num of string types supported by any port */
+  uint8_t n_prg_out;        /**< number of programmable pulse outputs */
+  uint16_t flags;           /**< additional information, see below */
+} RECEIVER_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_receiver_info( _p )              \
+{                                                  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->model_code );                \
+  _mbg_swab_sw_rev( &(_p)->sw_rev );               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ticks_per_sec );             \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->features );                  \
+  _mbg_swab_fixed_freq_info( &(_p)->fixed_freq );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );                     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Valid codes for RECEIVER_INFO.model_code:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  GPS_MODEL_UNKNOWN,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS166,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167SV,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167PC,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS167PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS163,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS168PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS161,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS169PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR167PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS164,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS170PCI,
+  GPS_MODEL_PZF511,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS170,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR511,
+  GPS_MODEL_AM511,
+  GPS_MODEL_MSF511,
+  GPS_MODEL_GRC170,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS170PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_GPS162,
+  GPS_MODEL_PTP270PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_FRC511PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_GEN170,
+  GPS_MODEL_TCR170PEX,
+  GPS_MODEL_WWVB511,
+  N_GPS_MODEL
+  /* If new model codes are added then care must be taken 
+   * to update the associated string initializers below 
+   * accordingly, and to check whether the classification macros 
+   * also cover the new model names. */
+};
+
+
+
+
+/*
+ * String initializers for each of the GPS
+ * receiver models enum'ed above:
+ */
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_UNKNOWN   "(unknown)"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS166    "GPS166"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167    "GPS167"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167SV  "GPS167SV"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PC  "GPS167PC"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PCI "GPS167PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS163    "GPS163"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS168PCI "GPS168PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS161    "GPS161"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS169PCI "GPS169PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR167PCI "TCR167PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS164    "GPS164"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PCI "GPS170PCI"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF511    "PZF511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170    "GPS170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR511    "TCR511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_AM511     "AM511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_MSF511    "MSF511"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GRC170    "GRC170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PEX "GPS170PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS162    "GPS162"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_PTP270PEX "PTP270PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_FRC511PEX "FRC511PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_GEN170    "GEN170"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR170PEX "TCR170PEX"
+#define GPS_MODEL_NAME_WWVB511   "WWVB511"
+
+
+/*
+ * The definition below can be used to initialize
+ * an array of N_GPS_MODEL type name strings.
+ * Including the trailing 0, each name must not
+ * exceed GPS_ID_STR_SIZE chars.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_MODEL_NAMES \
+{                               \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_UNKNOWN,       \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS166,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167SV,      \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PC,      \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS167PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS163,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS168PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS161,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS169PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR167PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS164,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PCI,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_PZF511,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR511,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_AM511,         \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_MSF511,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GRC170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS170PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GPS162,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_PTP270PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_FRC511PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_GEN170,        \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_TCR170PEX,     \
+  GPS_MODEL_NAME_WWVB511        \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The macros below can be used to classify a receiver,
+ * e.g. depending on the time source and/or depending on 
+ * whether it's a plug-in card or an external device.
+ */
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri )      \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "PC" ) || \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "PEX" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_gps( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "GPS" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_gps_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_gps( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_irig( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "TCR" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_irig_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_irig( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "AM" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf( _p_ri )  \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "PZF" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_any_dcf77( _p_ri )   \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_am( _p_ri ) ||     \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_dcf77_pzf( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_any_dcf77_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_any_dcf77( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_msf( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "MSF" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_msf_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_msf( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_glonass( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "GRC" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_glonass_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_glonass( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_wwvb( _p_ri ) \
+  ( strstr( (_p_ri)->model_name, "WWVB" ) )
+
+#define _mbg_rcvr_is_wwvb_plug_in( _p_ri ) \
+  ( _mbg_rcvr_is_wwvb( _p_ri ) &&          \
+    _mbg_rcvr_is_plug_in( _p_ri ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * The classification codes for oscillators below
+ * are used with RECEIVER_INFO.osc_type. New codes
+ * must be appended to the enumeration, so the sequence
+ * of codes does NOT reflect the order of quality:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  GPS_OSC_UNKNOWN,
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_LQ,
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_HQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_LQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_MQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_HQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_XHQ,
+  GPS_OSC_RUBIDIUM,
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_MQ,
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_DHQ,
+  N_GPS_OSC
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * The sequence and number of oscillator names
+ * listed below must correspond to the enumeration
+ * above:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_OSC_NAMES \
+{                             \
+  "- unknown -",              \
+  "TCXO LQ",                  \
+  "TCXO HQ",                  \
+  "OCXO LQ",                  \
+  "OCXO MQ",                  \
+  "OCXO HQ",                  \
+  "OCXO XHQ",                 \
+  "RUBIDIUM",                 \
+  "TCXO MQ",                  \
+  "OCXO DHQ"                  \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The initializer below can be used to initialize
+ * an array (e.g. "int osc_quality_idx[N_GPS_OSC]")
+ * which allows to display the oscillator types
+ * ordered by quality:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_OSC_QUALITY_IDX \
+{                                   \
+  GPS_OSC_UNKNOWN,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_LQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_MQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_TCXO_HQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_LQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_MQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_HQ,                  \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_DHQ,                 \
+  GPS_OSC_OCXO_XHQ,                 \
+  GPS_OSC_RUBIDIUM                  \
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Codes to be used with RECEIVER_INFO.osc_flags
+ * are not yet used/required, so they are reserved
+ * for future use.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * The codes below enumerate some features which may be
+ * supported by a given clock, or not.
+ */
+enum
+{
+  GPS_FEAT_PPS,          /* has pulse per second output */
+  GPS_FEAT_PPM,          /* has pulse per minute output */
+  GPS_FEAT_SYNTH,        /* has programmable synthesizer output */
+  GPS_FEAT_DCFMARKS,     /* has DCF77 compatible time mark output */
+  GPS_FEAT_IRIG_TX,      /* has on-board IRIG output */
+  GPS_FEAT_IRIG_RX,      /* has on-board IRIG input */
+  GPS_FEAT_LAN_IP4,      /* has LAN IPv4 interface */
+  GPS_FEAT_MULTI_REF,    /* has multiple input sources with priorities */
+  GPS_FEAT_RCV_TIMEOUT,  /* timeout after GPS reception has stopped */
+  GPS_FEAT_IGNORE_LOCK,  /* supports "ignore lock", alternatively */
+                         /* MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC may be supported */
+  GPS_FEAT_5_MHZ,        /* output 5 MHz rather than 100 kHz */
+  GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF,   /* has extended multiple input source configuration */
+  GPS_FEAT_OPT_SETTINGS, /* supports MBG_OPT_SETTINGS */
+  N_GPS_FEATURE          /* the number of valid features */
+};
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FEATURE_NAMES \
+{                                 \
+  "Pulse Per Second",             \
+  "Pulse Per Minute",             \
+  "Programmable Synth.",          \
+  "DCF77 Time Marks",             \
+  "IRIG Out",                     \
+  "IRIG In",                      \
+  "IPv4 LAN Interface",           \
+  "Multiple Ref. Sources",        \
+  "Receive Timeout",              \
+  "Ignore Lock",                  \
+  "5 MHz Output",                 \
+  "Ext. Multiple Ref. Src. Cfg.", \
+  "Supp. Optional Settings"       \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks used with RECEIVER_INFO.features
+ * (others are reserved):
+ */
+#define GPS_HAS_PPS          ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_PPS )
+#define GPS_HAS_PPM          ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_PPM )
+#define GPS_HAS_SYNTH        ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_SYNTH )
+#define GPS_HAS_DCFMARKS     ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_DCFMARKS )
+#define GPS_HAS_IRIG_TX      ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IRIG_TX )
+#define GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX      ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IRIG_RX )
+#define GPS_HAS_LAN_IP4      ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_LAN_IP4 )
+#define GPS_HAS_MULTI_REF    ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_MULTI_REF )
+#define GPS_HAS_RCV_TIMEOUT  ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_RCV_TIMEOUT )
+#define GPS_HAS_IGNORE_LOCK  ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_IGNORE_LOCK )
+#define GPS_HAS_5_MHZ        ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_5_MHZ )
+#define GPS_HAS_XMULTI_REF   ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF )
+#define GPS_HAS_OPT_SETTINGS ( 1UL << GPS_FEAT_OPT_SETTINGS )
+
+#define GPS_HAS_REF_OFFS    GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX
+
+
+/*
+ * The features below are supported by default by older
+ * C166 based GPS receivers:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FEATURES_C166 \
+{                                 \
+  GPS_HAS_PPS |                   \
+  GPS_HAS_PPM |                   \
+  GPS_HAS_SYNTH |                 \
+  GPS_HAS_DCFMARKS                \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Codes to be used with RECEIVER_INFO.flags:
+ */
+#define GPS_OSC_CFG_SUPP    0x0001  // GPS_OSC_CFG supported
+#define GPS_IRIG_FO_IN      0x0002  // IRIG input via fiber optics
+#define GPS_HAS_FPGA        0x0004  // device provides on-board FPGA
+
+
+/*
+ * If the GPS_HAS_FPGA flag is set in RECEIVER_INFO::flags then the card
+ * provides an FPGA and the following information about the FPGA is available:
+ */
+#define FPGA_NAME_LEN    31                         // max name length
+#define FPGA_NAME_SIZE   ( FPGA_NAME_LEN + 1 )  // size including trailing 0
+
+#define FPGA_INFO_SIZE   128
+
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    CSUM csum;
+    uint32_t fsize;
+    uint32_t start_addr;
+    char name[FPGA_NAME_SIZE];
+  } hdr;
+
+  char b[FPGA_INFO_SIZE];
+
+} FPGA_INFO;
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to specify where a FPGA image is located
+ * in the flash memory:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;
+  uint16_t fpga_start_seg;   // Number of the 4k block where an FPGA image is located
+} FPGA_START_INFO;
+
+#define DEFAULT_FPGA_START_SEG     0x60
+
+#define DEFAULT_FPGA_START_INFO    \
+{                                  \
+  0x1234 + DEFAULT_FPGA_START_SEG, \
+  DEFAULT_FPGA_START_SEG           \
+}
+
+
+
+/* Date and time referred to the linear time scale defined by GPS. */
+/* GPS time is defined by the number of weeks since midnight from */
+/* January 5, 1980 to January 6, 1980 plus the number of seconds of */
+/* the current week plus fractions of a second. GPS time differs from */
+/* UTC because UTC is corrected with leap seconds while GPS time scale */
+/* is continuous. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t wn;     /* the week number since GPS has been installed */
+  uint32_t sec;    /* the second of that week */
+  uint32_t tick;   /* fractions of a second; scale: 1/GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC */
+} T_GPS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_t_gps( _p )  \
+{                              \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->wn );    \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->sec );   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->tick );  \
+}
+
+
+/* Local date and time computed from GPS time. The current number */
+/* of leap seconds have to be added to get UTC from GPS time. */
+/* Additional corrections could have been made according to the */
+/* time zone/daylight saving parameters (TZDL, see below) defined */
+/* by the user. The status field can be checked to see which corrections */
+/* have been applied. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t year;           /* 0..9999 */
+  int8_t month;           /* 1..12 */
+  int8_t mday;            /* 1..31 */
+  int16_t yday;           /* 1..366 */
+  int8_t wday;            /* 0..6 == Sun..Sat */
+  int8_t hour;            /* 0..23 */
+  int8_t min;             /* 0..59 */
+  int8_t sec;             /* 0..59 */
+  int32_t frac;           /* fractions of a second; scale: 1/GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC*/
+  int32_t offs_from_utc;  /* local time's offset from UTC */
+  uint16_t status;        /* flags */
+} TM_GPS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_tm_gps( _p )          \
+{                                       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->year );           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->yday );           \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->frac );           \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->offs_from_utc );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->status );         \
+}
+
+
+/* status flag bits used with conversion from GPS time to local time */
+
+enum
+{
+  TM_BIT_UTC,        /* UTC correction has been made */
+  TM_BIT_LOCAL,      /* UTC has been converted to local time */
+  TM_BIT_DL_ANN,     /* state of daylight saving is going to change */
+  TM_BIT_DL_ENB,     /* daylight saving is enabled */
+  TM_BIT_LS_ANN,     /* leap second will be inserted */
+  TM_BIT_LS_ENB,     /* current second is leap second */
+  TM_BIT_LS_ANN_NEG, /* set in addition to TM_LS_ANN if leap sec negative */
+  /* Bit 7 is reserved and not used, yet. */
+
+  TM_BIT_EXT_SYNC = 8,   /* sync'd externally */
+  TM_BIT_HOLDOVER,       /* holdover mode after previous sync. */
+  TM_BIT_ANT_SHORT,      /* antenna cable short circuited */
+  TM_BIT_NO_WARM,        /* OCXO has not warmed up */
+  TM_BIT_ANT_DISCONN,    /* antenna currently disconnected */
+  TM_BIT_SYN_FLAG,       /* TIME_SYN output is low */
+  TM_BIT_NO_SYNC,        /* time sync actually not verified */
+  TM_BIT_NO_POS          /* position actually not verified, LOCK LED off */
+};
+
+
+/* bit masks corresponding to the flag bits above */
+
+#define TM_UTC          ( 1U << TM_BIT_UTC )
+#define TM_LOCAL        ( 1U << TM_BIT_LOCAL )
+#define TM_DL_ANN       ( 1U << TM_BIT_DL_ANN )
+#define TM_DL_ENB       ( 1U << TM_BIT_DL_ENB )
+#define TM_LS_ANN       ( 1U << TM_BIT_LS_ANN )
+#define TM_LS_ENB       ( 1U << TM_BIT_LS_ENB )
+#define TM_LS_ANN_NEG   ( 1U << TM_BIT_LS_ANN_NEG )
+
+#define TM_EXT_SYNC     ( 1U << TM_BIT_EXT_SYNC )
+#define TM_HOLDOVER     ( 1U << TM_BIT_HOLDOVER )
+#define TM_ANT_SHORT    ( 1U << TM_BIT_ANT_SHORT )
+#define TM_NO_WARM      ( 1U << TM_BIT_NO_WARM )
+#define TM_ANT_DISCONN  ( 1U << TM_BIT_ANT_DISCONN )
+#define TM_SYN_FLAG     ( 1U << TM_BIT_SYN_FLAG )
+#define TM_NO_SYNC      ( 1U << TM_BIT_NO_SYNC )
+#define TM_NO_POS       ( 1U << TM_BIT_NO_POS )
+
+
+/**
+ This structure is used to transmit information on date and time 
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t channel;      /**< -1: the current time; 0, 1: capture 0, 1 */
+  T_GPS t;              /**< time in GPS format */
+  TM_GPS tm;            /**< that time converted to local time */
+} TTM;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ttm( _p )       \
+{                                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->channel );  \
+  _mbg_swab_t_gps( &(_p)->t );    \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm );  \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int32_t nano_secs;    // [nanoseconds]
+  int32_t secs;         // [seconds]
+} NANO_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_nano_time( _p )   \
+{                                   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->nano_secs );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->secs );       \
+}
+
+
+/* Two types of variables used to store a position. Type XYZ is */
+/* used with a position in earth centered, earth fixed (ECEF) */
+/* coordinates whereas type LLA holds such a position converted */
+/* to geographic coordinates as defined by WGS84 (World Geodetic */
+/* System from 1984). */
+
+#ifndef _XYZ_DEFINED
+  /* sequence and number of components of a cartesian position */
+  enum { XP, YP, ZP, N_XYZ };
+
+  /** a type of array holding a cartesian position */
+  typedef double XYZ[N_XYZ];      /**< values are in [m] */
+
+  #define _XYZ_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_xyz( _p )  _mbg_swab_doubles( _p, N_XYZ )
+
+
+#ifndef _LLA_DEFINED
+  /* sequence and number of components of a geographic position */
+  enum { LAT, LON, ALT, N_LLA };  /* latitude, longitude, altitude */
+
+  /** a type of array holding a geographic position */
+  typedef double LLA[N_LLA];      /**< lon, lat in [rad], alt in [m] */
+
+  #define _LLA_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_lla( _p )  _mbg_swab_doubles( _p, N_LLA )
+
+
+/**
+  @defgroup group_synth Synthesizer parameters. 
+
+ Synthesizer frequency is expressed as a 
+ four digit decimal number (freq) to be multiplied by 0.1 Hz and an 
+ base 10 exponent (range). If the effective frequency is less than 
+ 10 kHz its phase is synchronized corresponding to the variable phase. 
+ Phase may be in a range from -360 deg to +360 deg with a resolution 
+ of 0.1 deg, so the resulting numbers to be stored are in a range of 
+ -3600 to +3600. 
+
+ Example:<br>
+ Assume the value of freq is 2345 (decimal) and the value of phase is 900. 
+ If range == 0 the effective frequency is 234.5 Hz with a phase of +90 deg. 
+ If range == 1 the synthesizer will generate a 2345 Hz output frequency 
+ and so on. 
+
+ Limitations:<br>
+ If freq == 0 the synthesizer is disabled. If range == 0 the least 
+ significant digit of freq is limited to 0, 3, 5 or 6. The resulting 
+ frequency is shown in the examples below: 
+    - freq == 1230  -->  123.0 Hz 
+    - freq == 1233  -->  123 1/3 Hz (real 1/3 Hz, NOT 123.3 Hz) 
+    - freq == 1235  -->  123.5 Hz 
+    - freq == 1236  -->  123 2/3 Hz (real 2/3 Hz, NOT 123.6 Hz) 
+
+ If range == MAX_RANGE the value of freq must not exceed 1000, so the 
+ output frequency is limited to 10 MHz.   
+ @{
+*/
+
+#define N_SYNTH_FREQ_DIGIT  4    /**< number of digits to edit */
+#define MAX_SYNTH_FREQ   1000    /**< if range == MAX_SYNTH_RANGE */
+
+#define MIN_SYNTH_RANGE     0
+#define MAX_SYNTH_RANGE     5
+#define N_SYNTH_RANGE       ( MAX_SYNTH_RANGE - MIN_SYNTH_RANGE + 1 )
+
+#define N_SYNTH_PHASE_DIGIT     4
+#define MAX_SYNTH_PHASE  3600
+
+
+#define MAX_SYNTH_FREQ_EDIT  9999  /**< max sequence of digits when editing */
+
+/** The maximum frequency that can be configured for the synthesizer */
+#define MAX_SYNTH_FREQ_VAL   10000000UL     /**< 10 MHz */
+/*   == MAX_SYNTH_FREQ * 10^(MAX_SYNTH_RANGE-1) */
+
+/** 
+  The synthesizer phase will only be synchronized if the frequency 
+  is below this limit: */
+#define SYNTH_PHASE_SYNC_LIMIT   10000UL    /**< 10 kHz */
+
+/** 
+  the position of the decimal point if the frequency is 
+ printed as 4 digit value */
+#define _synth_dp_pos_from_range( _r ) \
+  ( ( ( N_SYNTH_RANGE - (_r) ) % ( N_SYNTH_FREQ_DIGIT - 1 ) ) + 1 )
+
+/** 
+  An initializer for commonly displayed synthesizer frequency units 
+ (N_SYNTH_RANGE strings) */
+#define DEFAULT_FREQ_RANGES \
+{                           \
+  "Hz",                     \
+  "kHz",                    \
+  "kHz",                    \
+  "kHz",                    \
+  "MHz",                    \
+  "MHz",                    \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t freq;    /**< four digits used; scale: 0.1; e.g. 1234 -> 123.4 Hz */
+  int16_t range;   /**< scale factor for freq; 0..MAX_SYNTH_RANGE */
+  int16_t phase;   /**< -MAX_SYNTH_PHASE..+MAX_SYNTH_PHASE; >0 -> pulses later */
+} SYNTH;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_synth( _p )   \
+{                               \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->freq );   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->range );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->phase );  \
+}
+
+
+/** 
+  The definitions below can be used to query the
+  current synthesizer state.
+ */
+enum
+{
+  SYNTH_DISABLED,   /**< disbled by cfg, i.e. freq == 0.0 */
+  SYNTH_OFF,        /**< not enabled after power-up */
+  SYNTH_FREE,       /**< enabled, but not synchronized */
+  SYNTH_DRIFTING,   /**< has initially been sync'd, but now running free */
+  SYNTH_SYNC,       /**< fully synchronized */
+  N_SYNTH_STATE     /**< the number of known states */
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t state;     /**< state code as enumerated above */
+  uint8_t flags;     /**< reserved, currently always 0 */
+} SYNTH_STATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_synth_state( _p )  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+#define SYNTH_FLAG_PHASE_IGNORED  0x01
+
+/** @} */ // endgroup
+
+/**
+  @defgroup group_tzdl Time zone/daylight saving parameters. 
+
+  Example: <br>
+  For automatic daylight saving enable/disable in Central Europe, 
+  the variables are to be set as shown below: <br>
+    - offs = 3600L           one hour from UTC 
+    - offs_dl = 3600L        one additional hour if daylight saving enabled 
+    - tm_on = first Sunday from March 25, 02:00:00h ( year |= DL_AUTO_FLAG ) 
+    - tm_off = first Sunday from October 25, 03:00:00h ( year |= DL_AUTO_FLAG ) 
+    - name[0] == "CET  "     name if daylight saving not enabled 
+    - name[1] == "CEST "     name if daylight saving is enabled 
+  @{
+*/
+
+/** the name of a time zone, 5 characters plus trailing zero */
+typedef char TZ_NAME[6];
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int32_t offs;      /**< offset from UTC to local time [sec] */
+  int32_t offs_dl;   /**< additional offset if daylight saving enabled [sec] */
+  TM_GPS tm_on;      /**< date/time when daylight saving starts */
+  TM_GPS tm_off;     /**< date/time when daylight saving ends */
+  TZ_NAME name[2];   /**< names without and with daylight saving enabled */
+} TZDL;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_tzdl( _p )          \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->offs );         \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->offs_dl );      \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_on );   \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_off );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+  If the year in tzdl.tm_on and tzdl.tm_off is or'ed with that constant, 
+  the receiver automatically generates daylight saving year by year. 
+ */
+#define DL_AUTO_FLAG  0x8000
+
+
+
+// Below there are some initializers for commonly used TZDL configurations:
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR   ( 2007 | DL_AUTO_FLAG )
+
+#define DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL     3600L  /**< usually DST is +1 hour */
+
+
+/** 
+  The symbol below can be used to initialize both the tm_on 
+  and tm_off fields for time zones which do not switch to DST:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_OFF_NO_DST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+
+
+// Settings used with UTC:
+
+#define TZ_INFO_UTC  "UTC (Universal Time, Coordinated)"
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_UTC    { "UTC  ", "UTC  " }
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_UTC                        \
+{                                               \
+  0L,                             /**< offs */    \
+  0L,                             /**< offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_OFF_NO_DST,  /**< tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_OFF_NO_DST,  /**< tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_UTC          /**< name[] */  \
+}
+
+
+/** 
+  The symbols below specify beginning and end of DST for
+  Central Europe, as constituted by the European Parliament:
+  */
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_CET_CEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 3, 25, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_CET_CEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 10, 25, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+
+// Settings used with Central European Time:
+
+#define TZ_INFO_CET_CEST_EN  "CET/CEST (Central Europe)"
+#define TZ_INFO_CET_CEST_DE  "MEZ/MESZ (Mitteleuropa)"
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_EN  { "CET  ", "CEST " } 
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_DE  { "MEZ  ", "MESZ " } 
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_CET  3600L
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_CET_CEST_EN                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_CET,          /**< offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /**< offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_CET_CEST,    /**< tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_CET_CEST,   /**< tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_EN  /**< name[] */  \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_CET_CEST_DE                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_CET,          /**< offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /**< offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_CET_CEST,    /**< tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_CET_CEST,   /**< tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_CET_CEST_DE  /**< name[] */  \
+}
+
+
+// The symbols below specify beginning and end of DST for
+// Easter Europe, as constituted by the European Parliament:
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_EET_EEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 3, 25, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_EET_EEST \
+  { DEFAULT_TZDL_AUTO_YEAR, 10, 25, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0 }
+
+
+// Settings used with Eastern European Time:
+
+#define TZ_INFO_EET_EEST_EN  "EET/EEST (East Europe)"
+#define TZ_INFO_EET_EEST_DE  "OEZ/OEST (Osteuropa)"
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_EN  { "EET  ", "EEST " } 
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_DE  { "OEZ  ", "OESZ " } 
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_EET  7200L
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_EET_EEST_EN                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_EET,          /* offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /* offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_EET_EEST,    /* tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_EET_EEST,   /* tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_EN  /* name[] */  \
+}
+
+#define DEFAULT_TZDL_EET_EEST_DE                \
+{                                               \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_OFFS_EET,          /* offs */    \
+  DEFAULt_TZDL_OFFS_DL,           /* offs_dl */ \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_ON_EET_EEST,    /* tm_on */   \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_TM_OFF_EET_EEST,   /* tm_off */  \
+  DEFAULT_TZDL_NAMES_EET_EEST_DE  /* name[] */  \
+}
+
+/** @} */ // endgroup
+
+/**
+ * The structure below reflects the status of the antenna, 
+ * the times of last disconnect/reconnect, and the board's
+ * clock offset after the disconnection interval.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int16_t status;      /**< current status of antenna */
+  TM_GPS tm_disconn;   /**< time of antenna disconnect */
+  TM_GPS tm_reconn;    /**< time of antenna reconnect */
+  int32_t delta_t;     /**< clock offs. at reconn. time in #GPS_TICKS_PER_SEC */
+} ANT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ant_info( _p )          \
+{                                         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->status );           \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_disconn );  \
+  _mbg_swab_tm_gps( &(_p)->tm_reconn );   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->delta_t );          \
+}
+
+
+/** 
+  The status field may be set to one of the values below: 
+*/
+enum
+{
+  ANT_INVALID,   /**< struct not set yet because ant. has not been disconn. */
+  ANT_DISCONN,   /**< ant. now disconn., tm_reconn and delta_t not set */
+  ANT_RECONN     /**< ant. has been disconn. and reconn., all fields valid */
+};
+
+/* Defines used with ENABLE_FLAGS */
+
+#define EF_OFF            0x00   /**< outputs off until sync'd */
+
+#define EF_SERIAL_BOTH    0x03   /**< both serial ports on */
+#define EF_PULSES_BOTH    0x03   /**< both pulses P_SEC and P_MIN on */
+#define EF_FREQ_ALL       0x07   /**< all fixed freq. outputs on */
+#define EF_SYNTH          0x01   /**< synth. on */
+
+/** 
+  The structure holds some flags which let 
+  the corresponding outputs be disabled after power-up until
+  the receiver has synchronized (flag == 0x00, the default) or force
+  the outputs to be enabled immediately after power-up. The fixed
+  frequency output is hard-wired to be enabled immediately after
+  power-up, so the code for freq must always be 0x03.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t serial;   /**< #EF_OFF or #EF_SERIAL_BOTH */
+  uint16_t pulses;   /**< #EF_OFF or #EF_PULSES_BOTH */
+  uint16_t freq;     /**< always #EF_FREQ_ALL */
+  uint16_t synth;    /**< #EF_OFF or #EF_SYNTH */
+} ENABLE_FLAGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_enable_flags( _p )  \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->serial );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->pulses );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->freq );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->synth );        \
+}
+
+
+/* A struct used to hold the settings of a serial port: */
+
+#ifndef _COM_HS_DEFINED
+  /* types of handshake */
+  enum { HS_NONE, HS_XONXOFF, HS_RTSCTS, N_COM_HS };
+  #define _COM_HS_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _COM_PARM_DEFINED
+  typedef int32_t BAUD_RATE;
+
+  /* indices used to identify a parameter in the framing string */
+  enum { F_DBITS, F_PRTY, F_STBITS };
+
+  typedef struct
+  {
+    BAUD_RATE baud_rate;  /* e.g. 19200L */
+    char framing[4];      /* e.g. "8N1" */
+    int16_t handshake;    /* a numeric value, only HS_NONE supported yet */
+  } COM_PARM;
+
+  #define _COM_PARM_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_baud_rate( _p )   _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+#define _mbg_swab_com_parm( _p )            \
+{                                           \
+  _mbg_swab_baud_rate( &(_p)->baud_rate );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->handshake );          \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Indices of any supported baud rates.
+ * Note that not each baud rate must be supported by
+ * any clock model and/or port:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_300,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_600,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_1200,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_2400,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_4800,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_9600,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_19200,
+  MBG_BAUD_RATE_38400,
+  N_MBG_BAUD_RATES       /* the number of supported baud rates */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a table of baud rate values.
+ * The values must correspond to the enumeration above.
+ */
+#define MBG_BAUD_RATES \
+{                      \
+  300L,                \
+  600L,                \
+  1200L,               \
+  2400L,               \
+  4800L,               \
+  9600L,               \
+  19200L,              \
+  38400L               \
+}
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a table of baud rate strings.
+ * The values must correspond to the enumeration above.
+ */
+#define MBG_BAUD_STRS \
+{                     \
+  "300",              \
+  "600",              \
+  "1200",             \
+  "2400",             \
+  "4800",             \
+  "9600",             \
+  "19200",            \
+  "38400"             \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The bit masks below can be used to determine which baud rates
+ * are supported by a serial port. This may vary between
+ * different ports of the same radio clock since different
+ * types of UART are used which must not necessarily support
+ * each baud rate:
+ */
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_300     ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_300 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_600     ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_600 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_1200    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_1200 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_2400    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_2400 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_4800    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_4800 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_9600    ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_9600 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_19200   ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_19200 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_38400   ( 1UL << MBG_BAUD_RATE_38400 )
+
+
+/*
+ * Indices of any supported framings.
+ * Note that not each framing must be supported by
+ * any clock model and/or port:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  MBG_FRAMING_7N2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7E1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7E2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8N1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8N2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8E1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7O1,
+  MBG_FRAMING_7O2,
+  MBG_FRAMING_8O1,
+  N_MBG_FRAMINGS       /* the number of supported framings */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a table of framing strings.
+ * The values must correspond to the enumeration above.
+ */
+#define MBG_FRAMING_STRS \
+{                        \
+  "7N2",                 \
+  "7E1",                 \
+  "7E2",                 \
+  "8N1",                 \
+  "8N2",                 \
+  "8E1",                 \
+  "7O1",                 \
+  "7O2",                 \
+  "8O1"                  \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The bit masks below can be used to determine which framings
+ * are supported by a serial port. This may vary between
+ * different ports of the same radio clock since different
+ * types of UART are used which must not necessarily support
+ * each framing type:
+ */
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7N2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7N2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7E1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7E1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7E2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7E2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8N1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8N1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8N2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8N2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8E1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8E1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7O1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7O1 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_7O2   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_7O2 )
+#define MBG_PORT_HAS_8O1   ( 1UL << MBG_FRAMING_8O1 )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * By default, the baud rates and framings below
+ * are supported by the UARTs integrated into
+ * the C166 microcontroller:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_BAUD_RATES_C166 \
+(                                   \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_300   |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_600   |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_1200  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_2400  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_4800  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_9600  |              \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_19200                \
+)
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FRAMINGS_C166   \
+(                                   \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7N2 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7E1 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7E2 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N1 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N2 |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8E1                  \
+)
+
+
+/*
+ * By default, the baud rates and framings below
+ * are supported by the UARTs integrated into
+ * the GP2021 chipset:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_BAUD_RATES_GP2021 \
+(                                     \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_300   |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_600   |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_1200  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_2400  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_4800  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_9600  |                \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_19200                  \
+)
+
+#define DEFAULT_GPS_FRAMINGS_GP2021   \
+(                                     \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7N2 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_7E2 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8N1 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8E1 |                  \
+  MBG_PORT_HAS_8O1                    \
+)
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below is more flexible if different receiver
+ * models have different numbers of serial ports, so the old
+ * structure PORT_PARM will become obsolete.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  COM_PARM parm;        /* speed, framing, etc. */
+  uint8_t mode;         /* per second, per minute, etc. */
+  uint8_t str_type;     /* type of the output string */
+  uint32_t flags;       /* reserved for future use, currently 0 */
+} PORT_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_settings( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab_com_parm( &(_p)->parm );   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );         \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below can be used to mark specific fields of a
+ * PORT_SETTINGS structure, e.g. when editing build a mask indicating 
+ * which of the fields have changed or which are not valid.
+ */
+enum
+{
+  MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW,   /* Baud rate index exceeds num supp by driver SW */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_DEV,  /* Baud rate index exceeds num supp by device */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE,          /* Baud rate not supp by given port */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_SW,     /* Framing index exceeds num supp by driver SW */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_DEV,    /* Framing index exceeds num supp by device */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING,            /* Framing not supp by given port */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_HS_OVR_SW,          /* Handshake index exceeds num supp by driver SW */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_HS,                 /* Handshake mode not supp by given port */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_SW,    /* String type index exceeds num supp by driver SW */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV,   /* String type index exceeds num supp by device */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE,           /* String type not supp by given port */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_SW,    /* String mode index exceeds num supp by driver SW */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_DEV,   /* String mode index exceeds num supp by device */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE,           /* String mode not supp by given port and string type */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS_OVR_SW,       /* Flags not supp by driver SW */
+  MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS,              /* Flags not supp by device */
+  N_MBG_PS_BIT
+};
+
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW   ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE_OVR_DEV  ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_BAUD_RATE          ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_BAUD_RATE )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING_OVR_SW     ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING_OVR_DEV    ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FRAMING            ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FRAMING )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_HS_OVR_SW          ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_HS_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_HS                 ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_HS )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE_OVR_SW    ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV   ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_TYPE           ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_TYPE )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE_OVR_SW    ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE_OVR_DEV   ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE_OVR_DEV )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_STR_MODE           ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_STR_MODE )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FLAGS_OVR_SW       ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS_OVR_SW )
+#define MBG_PS_MSK_FLAGS              ( 1UL << MBG_PS_BIT_FLAGS )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below adds an index number to the structure
+ * above to allow addressing of several instances:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;         /* 0..RECEIVER_INFO.n_com_port-1 */
+  PORT_SETTINGS port_settings;
+} PORT_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_settings_idx( _p )           \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                        \
+  _mbg_swab_port_settings( &(_p)->port_settings );  \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below holds the current settings
+ * for a port, plus additional informaton on the
+ * port's capabilities. This can be read by setup
+ * programs to allow setup of supported features
+ * only.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PORT_SETTINGS port_settings;  /* COM port settings as defined above */
+  uint32_t supp_baud_rates;  /* bit mask of baud rates supp. by this port */
+  uint32_t supp_framings;    /* bit mask of framings supp. by this port */
+  uint32_t supp_str_types;   /* bit mask, bit 0 set if str_type[0] supp. */
+  uint32_t reserved;         /* reserved for future use, currently 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;            /* reserved for future use, currently 0 */
+} PORT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_info( _p )                   \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab_port_settings( &(_p)->port_settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_baud_rates );            \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_framings );              \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_str_types );             \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->reserved );                   \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                      \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below adds an index number to the structure
+ * above to allow addressing of several instances:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;         /* 0..RECEIVER_INFO.n_com_port-1 */
+  PORT_INFO port_info;
+} PORT_INFO_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_info_idx( _p )       \
+{                                           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                \
+  _mbg_swab_port_info( &(_p)->port_info );  \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below keeps information for a given
+ * string type, e.g. which modes can be used with that
+ * string type:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t supp_modes;  /* bit mask of modes supp. with this string type */
+  char long_name[23];   /* long name of the string format */
+  char short_name[11];  /* short name of the string format */
+  uint16_t flags;       /* reserved, currently always 0 */
+} STR_TYPE_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_str_type_info( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_modes );    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );         \
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below adds an index number to the structure
+ * above to allow addressing of several instances:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;          /* 0..RECEIVER_INFO.n_str_type-1 */
+  STR_TYPE_INFO str_type_info;
+} STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_str_type_info_idx( _p )           \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                        \
+  _mbg_swab_str_type_info( &(_p)->str_type_info );  \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The codes below define valid modes for time strings,
+ * i.e. the condition when a string is being sent
+ * via the serial port:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  STR_ON_REQ,     /* on request only */
+  STR_PER_SEC,    /* automatically if second changes */
+  STR_PER_MIN,    /* automatically if minute changes */
+  STR_AUTO,       /* automatically if required, e.g. on capture event */
+  STR_ON_REQ_SEC, /* if second changes and a request has been received */
+  N_STR_MODE      /* the number of valid modes */
+};
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_SHORT_MODE_NAMES \
+{                                \
+  "'?'",                         \
+  "1 sec",                       \
+  "1 min",                       \
+  "auto",                        \
+  "'?' sec"                      \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Default initializers for English mode string names. Initializers
+ * for multi-language strings can be found in pcpslstr.h.
+ */
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ       "on request '?' only"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_SEC      "per second"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_MIN      "per minute"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_AUTO         "automatically"
+#define ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ_SEC   "sec after request"
+
+#define DEFAULT_ENG_MODE_NAMES   \
+{                                \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ,      \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_SEC,     \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_PER_MIN,     \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_AUTO,        \
+  ENG_MODE_NAME_STR_ON_REQ_SEC   \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to set up bit masks
+ * which restrict the modes which can be used with
+ * a given string type:
+ */
+#define MSK_STR_ON_REQ      ( 1UL << STR_ON_REQ )
+#define MSK_STR_PER_SEC     ( 1UL << STR_PER_SEC )
+#define MSK_STR_PER_MIN     ( 1UL << STR_PER_MIN )
+#define MSK_STR_AUTO        ( 1UL << STR_AUTO )
+#define MSK_STR_ON_REQ_SEC  ( 1UL << STR_ON_REQ_SEC )
+
+
+/*
+ *  The modes below are supported by most string types:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_STR_MODES \
+(                         \
+  MSK_STR_ON_REQ |        \
+  MSK_STR_PER_SEC |       \
+  MSK_STR_PER_MIN         \
+)
+
+
+/*
+ *  The modes below can be used with the capture string:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_STR_MODES_UCAP \
+(                              \
+  MSK_STR_ON_REQ |             \
+  MSK_STR_AUTO                 \
+)
+
+
+
+/**
+ * The number of serial ports which were available
+ * with all GPS receiver models:
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_N_COM   2
+
+/*
+ * By default that's also the number of ports
+ * currently available:
+ */
+#ifndef N_COM
+  #define N_COM     DEFAULT_N_COM
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The structure used to store the modes of both serial ports:<br>
+ * <b>(now obsolete)</b>
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  COM_PARM com[DEFAULT_N_COM];    /**< COM0 and COM1 settings */
+  uint8_t mode[DEFAULT_N_COM];    /**< COM0 and COM1 output mode */
+} PORT_PARM;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_port_parm( _p )         \
+{                                         \
+  int i;                                  \
+  for ( i = 0; i < DEFAULT_N_COM; i++ )   \
+  {                                       \
+    _mbg_swab_com_parm( &(_p)->com[i] );  \
+    /* no need to swap mode byte */       \
+  }                                       \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The codes below were used with the obsolete
+ * PORT_PARM.mode above. They are defined for
+ * compatibility with older devices only:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  /* STR_ON_REQ,   defined above */
+  /* STR_PER_SEC,  defined above */
+  /* STR_PER_MIN,  defined above */
+  N_STR_MODE_0 = STR_AUTO,   /* COM0 and COM1 */
+  STR_UCAP = N_STR_MODE_0,
+  STR_UCAP_REQ,
+  N_STR_MODE_1               /* COM1 only */
+};
+
+
+
+/**
+  @defgroup group_icode Irig Codes
+
+  The following definitions are used to configure an optional
+  on-board IRIG input or output.
+
+  A GPS device can generate an IRIG output signal if the bit
+  #GPS_HAS_IRIG_TX is set in the RECEIVER_INFO.features field.
+  If a device has an optional IRIG input then the bit 
+  #GPS_HAS_IRIG_RX is set.
+
+
+ - Supported IRIG signal code types:
+  - \b  A002:             1000 bps, DC shift, time-of-year
+  - \b  A003:             1000 bps, DC shift, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  A132:             1000 bps, 10 kHz carrier, time-of-year
+  - \b  A133:             1000 bps, 10 kHz carrier, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  B002:             100 bps, DC shift, time-of-year
+  - \b  B003:             100 bps, DC shift, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  B122:             100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, time-of-year
+  - \b  B123:             100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, time-of-year, SBS
+  - \b  AFNOR:            100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS, complete date
+  - <b> AFNOR DC:</b>     100 bps, DC shift, SBS, complete date
+  - \b  IEEE1344:         100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, time-of-year, SBS, IEEE1344 extensions (B120)
+  - <b> IEEE1344 DC:</b>  100 bps, DC shift, time-of-year, SBS, IEEE1344 extensions (B000) 
+  - \b  B220/1344:        100 bps, DC shift, manchester encoded, IEEE1344 extensions
+  - \b  B222:             100 bps, DC shift, manchester encoded, time-of-year
+  - \b  B223:             100 bps, DC shift, manchester encoded, time-of-year, SBS
+ 
+  -  time-of-year: day-of-year, hours, minutes, seconds
+  -  SBS: straight binary seconds, second-of-day
+  -  IEEE1344 extensions: time zone info
+  -  AFNOR: french standard AFNOR NFS-87500
+ 
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Definitions used with IRIG transmitters which generate
+ * the same IRIG code both with and without carrier signal
+ * at the same time. */
+enum
+{
+  ICODE_TX_B002_B122,
+  ICODE_TX_B003_B123,
+  ICODE_TX_A002_A132,
+  ICODE_TX_A003_A133,
+  ICODE_TX_AFNOR,
+  ICODE_TX_IEEE1344,
+  ICODE_TX_B220_1344,
+  ICODE_TX_B222,
+  ICODE_TX_B223,
+  ICODE_TX_B006_B126,
+  ICODE_TX_B007_B127,
+  N_ICODE_TX    /**< number of code types */
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for format name strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_TX_NAMES \
+{                              \
+  "B002+B122",                 \
+  "B003+B123",                 \
+  "A002+A132",                 \
+  "A003+A133",                 \
+  "AFNOR NFS-87500",           \
+  "IEEE1344",                  \
+  "B220/1344+IEEE1344",        \
+  "B222+B122",                 \
+  "B223+B123",                 \
+  "B006+B126",                 \
+  "B007+B127"                  \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for English format description strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_TX_DESCRIPTIONS_ENG                             \
+{                                                                     \
+  "100 bps, DC or 1 kHz carrier",                                     \
+  "100 bps, DC or 1 kHz carrier, SBS",                                \
+  "1000 bps, DC or 10 kHz carrier",                                   \
+  "1000 bps, DC or 10 kHz carrier, SBS",                              \
+  "100 bps, DC or 1 kHz carrier, SBS, complete date",                 \
+  "100 bps, DC or 1 kHz carrier, SBS, time zone info",                \
+  "100 bps, DC manchester enc. or 1kHz carrier, SBS, time zone info", \
+  "100 bps, DC manchester enc. or 1kHz carrier, time-of-year",        \
+  "100 bps, DC manchester enc. or 1kHz carrier, time-of-year, SBS",   \
+  "100 bps, DC or 1 kHz carrier, complete date",                      \
+  "100 bps, DC or 1 kHz carrier, complete date, SBS"                  \
+}
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to set up bit masks
+ * which restrict the IRIG formats which are supported
+ * by a given IRIG transmitter device:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B002_B122 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B003_B123 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_A002_A132 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_A003_A133 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR        ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_AFNOR )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344     ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_IEEE1344 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B220_1344    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B220_1344 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B222         ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B222 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B223         ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B223 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B006_B126    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B006_B126 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_B007_B127    ( 1UL << ICODE_TX_B007_B127 )
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with manchester encoded DC output:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_DC_MANCH \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B220_1344 |    \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B222      |    \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B223           \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_1KHZ  \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B220_1344 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B222      | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B223      | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B006_B126 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B007_B127   \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_10KHZ \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133   \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_100BPS \
+(                           \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR     |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344  |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B006_B126 |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_B007_B127    \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1000 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_1000BPS \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132 |   \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133     \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support TFOM:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_HAS_TFOM \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344       \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support time zone information:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_TX_HAS_TZI \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_TX_IEEE1344      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * The default mask of IRIG formats supported by
+ * IRIG transmitters:
+ */
+#if !defined( SUPP_MSK_ICODE_TX )
+  #define SUPP_MSK_ICODE_TX  \
+  (                          \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_B002_B122 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_B003_B123 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_A002_A132 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_A003_A133 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_TX_AFNOR       \
+  )
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Definitions used with IRIG receivers which decode
+ * two similar IRIG codes
+ * at the same time.
+ */
+enum
+{
+  ICODE_RX_B122_B123,
+  ICODE_RX_A132_A133,
+  ICODE_RX_B002_B003,
+  ICODE_RX_A002_A003,
+  ICODE_RX_AFNOR,
+  ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC,
+  ICODE_RX_IEEE1344,
+  ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC,
+  ICODE_RX_B126_B127,
+  ICODE_RX_B006_B007,
+  N_ICODE_RX          /* the number of valid signal code types */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for format name strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_RX_NAMES \
+{                              \
+  "B122/B123",                 \
+  "A132/A133",                 \
+  "B002/B003 (DC)",            \
+  "A002/A003 (DC)",            \
+  "AFNOR NFS-87500",           \
+  "AFNOR NFS-87500 (DC)",      \
+  "IEEE1344",                  \
+  "IEEE1344 (DC)",             \
+  "B126/B127",                 \
+  "B006/B007 (DC)"             \
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializers for English format description strings.
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_ICODE_RX_DESCRIPTIONS_ENG                   \
+{                                                           \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS optionally",                 \
+  "1000 bps, 10 kHz carrier, SBS optionally",               \
+  "100 bps, DC shift, SBS optionally",                      \
+  "1000 bps, DC shift, SBS optionally",                     \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS, complete date",             \
+  "100 bps, DC shift, SBS, complete date",                  \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, SBS, time zone info",            \
+  "100 bps, DC shift, SBS, time zone info",                 \
+  "100 bps, 1 kHz carrier, complete date, SBS optionally",  \
+  "100 bps, DC shift, complete date, SBS optionally"        \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks corresponding to the enumeration above:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B122_B123 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_A132_A133 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B002_B003 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_A002_A003 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR           ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_AFNOR )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC        ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344        ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_IEEE1344 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC     ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B126_B127       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B126_B127 )
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_B006_B007       ( 1UL << ICODE_RX_B006_B007 )
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which have DC shift:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_DC      \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003   | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003   | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC    | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B006_B007     \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_1KHZ  \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123 | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR     | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344  | \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B126_B127   \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 10 kHz carrier:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_10KHZ \
+(                          \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133   \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 100 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_100BPS   \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123   |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003   |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR       |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC    |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344    |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B126_B127   |  \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_B006_B007      \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats with 1000 bps data rate:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_1000BPS \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133 |   \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003     \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support TFOM:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_HAS_TFOM \
+(                             \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344 |     \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC    \
+)
+
+/**
+ * A mask of IRIG formats which support time zone information:
+ */
+#define MSK_ICODE_RX_HAS_TZI \
+(                            \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344 |    \
+  MSK_ICODE_RX_IEEE1344_DC   \
+)
+
+/**
+ * The default mask of IRIG formats supported by
+ * IRIG receivers:
+ */
+#if !defined( SUPP_MSK_ICODE_RX )
+  #define SUPP_MSK_ICODE_RX  \
+  (                          \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_B122_B123 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_A132_A133 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_B002_B003 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_A002_A003 | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR     | \
+    MSK_ICODE_RX_AFNOR_DC    \
+  )
+#endif
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * The structure below is used to configure an optional
+ * on-board IRIG output:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t icode;   /**< IRIG signal code, see \ref group_icode */
+  uint16_t flags;   /**< see \ref group_irig_flags */
+} IRIG_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_irig_settings( _p )  \
+{                                      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->icode );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );         \
+}
+
+
+/**
+  @defgroup group_irig_flags Bit Masks used with IRIG_SETTINGS.flags
+
+  (others are reserved)
+* @{
+ */
+#define IFLAGS_DISABLE_TFOM        0x0001   /**< RX ignore/TX don't gen TFOM */
+#define IFLAGS_TX_GEN_LOCAL_TIME   0x0002   /**< gen local time, not UTC */
+
+#define IFLAGS_MASK                0x0003   /**< flags above or'ed */
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * The structure is used to query the IRIG configuration
+ * plus the supported codes:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  IRIG_SETTINGS settings;
+  uint32_t supp_codes;     /**< bit mask of supported codes  */
+} IRIG_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_irig_info( _p )              \
+{                                              \
+  _mbg_swab_irig_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_codes );            \
+}
+
+
+// The type below is used to read the board's debug status
+// which also include IRIG decoder status:
+typedef uint32_t MBG_DEBUG_STATUS;
+
+// The debug status is bit coded as defined below:
+enum
+{
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_WARMED_UP,          /**< Osc has warmed up */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_PPS_ACTIVE,         /**< PPS output is active */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_CONFIG,         /**< Invalid config, e.g. data csum error */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_DECODED,        /**< IRIG msg could be decoded */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_INCONSISTENT,   /**< IRIG msg contains inconsistent data */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_LOOP_LOCKED,        /**< Decoder control loop is locked */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_JITTER_TOO_LARGE,   /**< Phase jitter too large */
+  MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_REF_OFFS,       /**< UTC ref offset not configured */
+
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_TIME,            /**< Internal time not valid/set */
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_TIME_SET_VIA_API,    /**< On board time set externally */
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_RTC,             /**< On board RTC invalid */
+  MBG_SYS_BIT_CPU_PLL_FAILED,      /**< The CPU's PLL watchdog */
+
+  N_MBG_DEBUG_BIT
+};
+
+/*
+ * Initializers for IRIG status bit strings.
+ */
+#define MBG_DEBUG_STATUS_STRS      \
+{                                  \
+  "Osc has warmed up",             \
+  "PPS output is active",          \
+  "Config set to default",         \
+  "IRIG msg decoded",              \
+  "IRIG msg not consistent",       \
+  "Decoder control loop locked",   \
+  "Phase jitter too large",        \
+  "Invalid ref offset"             \
+                                   \
+  "Internal time not valid"        \
+  "On board time set via API"      \
+  "On board RTC invalid"           \
+  "CPU PLL failure, needs restart" \
+}
+
+
+
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_WARMED_UP        ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_WARMED_UP )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_PPS_ACTIVE       ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_PPS_ACTIVE )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_INV_CONFIG       ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_CONFIG )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_MSG_DECODED      ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_DECODED )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_MSG_INCONSISTENT ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_MSG_INCONSISTENT )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_LOOP_LOCKED      ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_LOOP_LOCKED )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_JITTER_TOO_LARGE ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_JITTER_TOO_LARGE )
+#define MBG_IRIG_MSK_INV_REF_OFFS     ( 1UL << MBG_IRIG_BIT_INV_REF_OFFS )
+
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_INV_TIME          ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_TIME )
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_TIME_SET_VIA_API  ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_TIME_SET_VIA_API )
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_INV_RTC           ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_INV_RTC )
+#define MBG_SYS_MSK_CPU_PLL_FAILED    ( 1UL << MBG_SYS_BIT_CPU_PLL_FAILED )
+
+
+
+typedef int16_t MBG_REF_OFFS;   /**< -MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX..MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX */
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_ref_offs( _p )  _mbg_swab16( (_p) )
+
+
+/** the maximum allowed positive / negative offset */
+#define MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX   ( ( 12L * 60 ) + 30 )  // [minutes]
+
+/**
+ * the following value is used to indicate that the ref offset
+ * value has not yet been configured
+ */
+#define MBG_REF_OFFS_NOT_CFGD  0x8000
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t flags;
+} MBG_OPT_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_opt_settings( _p )  \
+{                                         \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );            \
+}
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_OPT_SETTINGS settings;
+  uint32_t supp_flags;
+} MBG_OPT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_opt_info( _p )              \
+{                                                 \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_opt_settings( &(_p)->settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_flags );               \
+}
+
+
+enum
+{
+  MBG_OPT_BIT_STR_UTC,   /**< serial string contains UTC time */
+  MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC,  /**< emulate/pretend to be synchronized, */
+                         /**< alternatively GPS_FEAT_IGNORE_LOCK may be supported */
+  N_MBG_OPT_BIT
+};
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks corresponding to the enumeration above:
+ */
+#define MBG_OPT_FLAG_STR_UTC   ( 1UL << MBG_OPT_BIT_STR_UTC )
+#define MBG_OPT_FLAG_EMU_SYNC  ( 1UL << MBG_OPT_BIT_EMU_SYNC )
+
+
+/*
+ * The structures below are required to setup the programmable
+ * pulse outputs which are provided by some GPS receivers.
+ * The number of programmable pulse outputs supported by a GPS
+ * receiver is reported in the RECEIVER_INFO.n_str_type field.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The structure is used to define a date of year:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t mday;    /* 1..28,29,30,31 */
+  uint8_t month;   /* 1..12 */
+  uint16_t year;   /* including century */
+} MBG_DATE;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_date( _p ) \
+{                                \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->year );    \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * The structure is used to define a time of day:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t hour;    /* 0..23 */
+  uint8_t min;     /* 0..59 */
+  uint8_t sec;     /* 0..59,60 */
+  uint8_t sec100;  /* reserved, currently always 0 */
+} MBG_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_time( _p ) \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()    // nothing to swap
+
+
+/**
+ * The structure defines a single date and time
+ * for switching operations:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_DATE d;    /* date to switch */
+  MBG_TIME t;    /* time to switch */
+  uint8_t wday;  /* reserved, currently always 0 */
+  uint8_t flags; /* reserved, currently 0 */
+} MBG_DATE_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_date_time( _p ) \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_date( &(_p)->d );     \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_time( &(_p)->t );     \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * The structure defines times and dates
+ * for an on/off cycle:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_DATE_TIME on;   /* time and date to switch on */
+  MBG_DATE_TIME off;  /* time and date to switch off */
+} POUT_TIME;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_time( _p )        \
+{                                        \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_date_time( &(_p)->on );  \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_date_time( &(_p)->off ); \
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * The number of POUT_TIMEs for each programmable pulse output
+ */
+#define N_POUT_TIMES 3
+
+/**
+ * The structure is used to configure a single programmable
+ * pulse output.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t mode;        /**< mode of operation, codes defined below */
+  uint16_t pulse_len;   /**< 10 msec units, or COM port number */
+  uint16_t timeout;     /**< [min], for dcf_mode */
+  uint16_t flags;       /**< see below */
+  POUT_TIME tm[N_POUT_TIMES];  /**< switching times */
+} POUT_SETTINGS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_settings( _p )     \
+{                                         \
+  int i;                                  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->mode );             \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->pulse_len );        \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->timeout );          \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->flags );            \
+                                          \
+  for ( i = 0; i < N_POUT_TIMES; i++ )    \
+    _mbg_swab_pout_time( &(_p)->tm[i] );  \
+}
+
+
+#define MAX_POUT_PULSE_LEN    1000         /**< 10 secs, in 10 msec units */
+#define MAX_POUT_DCF_TIMOUT   ( 48 * 60 )  /**< 48 hours, in minutes */
+
+
+/**
+ * These codes are defined for POUT_SETTINGS.mode to setup
+ * the basic mode of operation for a single programmable pulse
+ * output:
+ */
+enum
+{
+  POUT_IDLE,          /**< always off, or on if POUT_INVERTED */
+  POUT_TIMER,         /**< switch on/off at configured times */
+  POUT_SINGLE_SHOT,   /**< pulse at time POUT_SETTINGS.tm[0].on */
+  POUT_CYCLIC_PULSE,  /**< pulse every POUT_SETTINGS.tm[0].on.t interval */
+  POUT_PER_SEC,       /**< pulse if second changes */
+  POUT_PER_MIN,       /**< pulse if minute changes */
+  POUT_PER_HOUR,      /**< pulse if hour changes */
+  POUT_DCF77,         /**< emulate DCF77 signal */
+  POUT_POS_OK,        /**< on if pos. OK (nav_solved) */
+  POUT_TIME_SYNC,     /**< on if time sync (time_syn) */
+  POUT_ALL_SYNC,      /**< on if pos. OK and time sync */
+  POUT_TIMECODE,      /**< IRIG/AFNOR DCLS output */
+  POUT_TIMESTR,       /**< COM port number in pulse_len field */
+  POUT_10MHZ,         /**< 10 MHz fixed frequency */
+  N_POUT_MODES
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Default initializers for English pulse mode names. Initializers
+ * for multi-language strings can be found in pcpslstr.h.
+ */
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_IDLE            "Idle"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMER           "Timer"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_SINGLE_SHOT     "Single Shot"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_CYCLIC_PULSE    "Cyclic Pulse"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_SEC         "Pulse Per Second"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_MIN         "Pulse Per Min"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_HOUR        "Pulse Per Hour"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_DCF77           "DCF77 Marks"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_POS_OK          "Position OK"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIME_SYNC       "Time Sync"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_ALL_SYNC        "All Sync"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMECODE        "DCLS Time Code"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMESTR         "COM Time String"
+#define ENG_POUT_NAME_10MHZ           "10 MHz Frequency"
+
+#define DEFAULT_ENG_POUT_NAMES \
+{                              \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_IDLE,          \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMER,         \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_SINGLE_SHOT,   \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_CYCLIC_PULSE,  \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_SEC,       \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_MIN,       \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_PER_HOUR,      \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_DCF77,         \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_POS_OK,        \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIME_SYNC,     \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_ALL_SYNC,      \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMECODE,      \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_TIMESTR,       \
+  ENG_POUT_NAME_10MHZ          \
+}
+
+
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_IDLE            "Constant output level"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMER           "Switch based on configured on/off times"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_SINGLE_SHOT     "Generate a single pulse of determined length"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_CYCLIC_PULSE    "Generate cyclic pulses of determined length"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_SEC         "Generate pulse at beginning of new second"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_MIN         "Generate pulse at beginning of new minute"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_HOUR        "Generate pulse at beginning of new hour"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_DCF77           "DCF77 compatible time marks"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_POS_OK          "Switch if receiver position has been verified"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIME_SYNC       "Switch if time is synchronized"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_ALL_SYNC        "Switch if full sync"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMECODE        "Duplicate IRIG time code signal"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMESTR         "Duplicate serial time string of specified port"
+#define ENG_POUT_HINT_10MHZ           "10 MHz fixed output frequency"
+
+#define DEFAULT_ENG_POUT_HINTS \
+{                              \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_IDLE,          \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMER,         \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_SINGLE_SHOT,   \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_CYCLIC_PULSE,  \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_SEC,       \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_MIN,       \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_PER_HOUR,      \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_DCF77,         \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_POS_OK,        \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIME_SYNC,     \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_ALL_SYNC,      \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMECODE,      \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_TIMESTR,       \
+  ENG_POUT_HINT_10MHZ          \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions below are used to set up bit masks
+ * which restrict the modes which can be used with
+ * a given programmable output:
+ */
+#define MSK_POUT_IDLE          ( 1UL << POUT_IDLE )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIMER         ( 1UL << POUT_TIMER )
+#define MSK_POUT_SINGLE_SHOT   ( 1UL << POUT_SINGLE_SHOT )
+#define MSK_POUT_CYCLIC_PULSE  ( 1UL << POUT_CYCLIC_PULSE )
+#define MSK_POUT_PER_SEC       ( 1UL << POUT_PER_SEC )
+#define MSK_POUT_PER_MIN       ( 1UL << POUT_PER_MIN )
+#define MSK_POUT_PER_HOUR      ( 1UL << POUT_PER_HOUR )
+#define MSK_POUT_DCF77         ( 1UL << POUT_DCF77 )
+#define MSK_POUT_POS_OK        ( 1UL << POUT_POS_OK )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIME_SYNC     ( 1UL << POUT_TIME_SYNC )
+#define MSK_POUT_ALL_SYNC      ( 1UL << POUT_ALL_SYNC )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIMECODE      ( 1UL << POUT_TIMECODE )
+#define MSK_POUT_TIMESTR       ( 1UL << POUT_TIMESTR )
+#define MSK_POUT_10MHZ         ( 1UL << POUT_10MHZ )
+
+
+/*
+ * The codes below are used with POUT_SETTINGS.flags:
+ */
+#define POUT_INVERTED   0x0001
+
+
+/**
+  Since a clock may support more than one programmable
+  pulse output, setup tools must use the structure below
+  to read/set pulse output configuration.
+  The number of outputs supported by a receiver model
+  can be queried using the RECEIVER_INFO structure.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;        /**< 0..RECEIVER_INFO.n_prg_out-1 */
+  POUT_SETTINGS pout_settings;
+} POUT_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_settings_idx( _p )           \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                        \
+  _mbg_swab_pout_settings( &(_p)->pout_settings );  \
+}
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below holds the current settings
+  for a programmable pulse output, plus additional 
+  informaton on the output's capabilities. 
+  This can be read by setup programs to allow setup 
+  of supported features only.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  POUT_SETTINGS pout_settings;
+  uint32_t supp_modes;   /**< bit mask of modes supp. by this output */
+  uint8_t timestr_ports; /**< bit mask of COM ports supported for POUT_TIMESTR */
+  uint8_t reserved_0;    /**< reserved for future use, currently 0 */
+  uint16_t reserved_1;   /**< reserved for future use, currently 0 */
+  uint32_t flags;        /**< reserved for future use, currently 0 */
+} POUT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_info( _p )                   \
+{                                                   \
+  _mbg_swab_pout_settings( &(_p)->pout_settings );  \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->supp_modes );                 \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->reserved_1 );                 \
+  _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->flags );                      \
+}
+
+
+/** The max number of COM ports that can be handled by POUT_INFO::timestr_ports */
+#define MAX_POUT_TIMESTR_PORTS  8
+
+/**
+ The structure below adds an index number to the structure
+ above to allow addressing of several instances:
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;          /**< 0..RECEIVER_INFO.n_prg_out-1 */
+  POUT_INFO pout_info;
+} POUT_INFO_IDX;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pout_info_idx( _p )       \
+{                                           \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->idx );                \
+  _mbg_swab_pout_info( &(_p)->pout_info );  \
+}
+
+
+/* 
+ * The codes below are used with devices which support multiple 
+ * ref time sources at the same time. The priorities of the
+ * supported ref time sources is configurable.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * All possibly supported ref time sources
+ */
+enum
+{
+  MULTI_REF_NONE = -1,      // nothing, undefined
+  MULTI_REF_GPS = 0,        // standard GPS
+  MULTI_REF_10MHZ,          // 10 MHz input frequency  
+  MULTI_REF_PPS,            // 1 PPS input signal
+  MULTI_REF_10MHZ_PPS,      // combined 10 MHz plus PPS
+  MULTI_REF_IRIG,           // IRIG input
+  MULTI_REF_NTP,            // Network Time Protocol (NTP)
+  MULTI_REF_PTP,            // Precision Time Protocol (PTP, IEEE1588)
+  MULTI_REF_PTP_E1,         // PTP over E1
+  MULTI_REF_FREQ,           // fixed frequency
+  N_MULTI_REF               // the number of defined sources  
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Names of supported ref time sources
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_MULTI_REF_NAMES \
+{                               \
+  "GPS",                        \
+  "10 MHz freq in",             \
+  "PPS in",                     \
+  "10 MHz + PPS in",            \
+  "IRIG",                       \
+  "NTP",                        \
+  "PTP (IEEE1588)",             \
+  "PTP over E1",                \
+  "Fixed Freq. in"              \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks used to indicate supported reference sources 
+ */
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_GPS        ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_GPS )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_10MHZ      ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_10MHZ )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_PPS        ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PPS )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_10MHZ_PPS  ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_10MHZ_PPS )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_IRIG       ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_IRIG )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_NTP        ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_NTP )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_PTP        ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PTP )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_PTP_E1     ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_PTP_E1 )
+#define HAS_MULTI_REF_FREQ       ( 1UL << MULTI_REF_FREQ )
+
+
+/*
+ * There are 2 different ways to configure multi ref support 
+ * provided by some devices. 
+ *
+ * Newer devices which have the GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF flag set
+ * in RECEIVER_INFO::features support the newer XMULTI_REF_...
+ * structures which provide a more flexible interface.
+ *
+ * Older devices which have the GPS_FEAT_MULTI_REF flag set 
+ * support these MULTI_REF_... structures below where 
+ * the number of supported input sources and priorities 
+ * is limited to N_MULTI_REF_PRIO.
+ */
+
+#define N_MULTI_REF_PRIO   4
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below is used to configure the priority of 
+  the supported ref sources.
+ 
+  The number stored in prio[0] of the array indicates the ref time 
+  source with highest priority. If that source fails, the device 
+  falls back to the source indicated by prio[1]. Each field of 
+  the prio[] array must be set to one of the values 0..N_MULTI_REF-1,
+  or to -1 (0xFF) if the value is not assigned.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t prio[N_MULTI_REF_PRIO];
+} MULTI_REF_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below is used to query the MULTI_REF configuration,
+  plus the supported ref sources.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MULTI_REF_SETTINGS settings;    /* current settings */
+  uint32_t supp_ref;              /* supp. HAS_MULTI_REF_... codes or'ed */
+  uint16_t n_levels;              /* supp. levels, 0..N_MULTI_REF_PRIO */
+  uint16_t flags;                 /* reserved, currently 0 */
+} MULTI_REF_INFO;
+
+
+/*
+ * The type below is used to query the MULTI_REF status information,
+ */
+typedef uint16_t MULTI_REF_STATUS;  /* flag bits as defined below */
+
+
+/*
+ * The bits and associated bit masks below are used with the 
+ * MULTI_REF_STATUS type. Each bit is set if the associated 
+ * condition is true and is reset if the condition is not true:
+ */
+enum 
+{
+  WRN_MODULE_MODE,     /* selected input mode was invalid, set to default */
+  WRN_COLD_BOOT,       /* GPS is in cold boot mode */
+  WRN_WARM_BOOT,       /* GPS is in warm boot mode */
+  WRN_ANT_DISCONN,     /* antenna is disconnected */
+  WRN_10MHZ_UNLOCK,    /* impossible to lock to external 10MHz reference */
+  WRN_1PPS_UNLOCK,     /* impossible to lock to external 1PPS reference */
+  WRN_GPS_UNLOCK,      /* impossible to lock to GPS */
+  WRN_10MHZ_MISSING,   /* external 10MHz signal not available */
+  WRN_1PPS_MISSING,    /* external 1PPS signal not available */
+  N_MULTI_REF_STATUS_BITS
+};
+
+#define MSK_WRN_COLD_BOOT            ( 1UL << WRN_COLD_BOOT )
+#define MSK_WRN_WARM_BOOT            ( 1UL << WRN_WARM_BOOT )
+#define MSK_WRN_ANT_DISCONN          ( 1UL << WRN_ANT_DISCONN )
+#define MSK_WRN_10MHZ_UNLOCK         ( 1UL << WRN_10MHZ_UNLOCK )
+#define MSK_WRN_1PPS_UNLOCK          ( 1UL << WRN_1PPS_UNLOCK )
+#define MSK_WRN_GPS_UNLOCK           ( 1UL << WRN_GPS_UNLOCK )
+#define MSK_WRN_10MHZ_MISSING        ( 1UL << WRN_10MHZ_MISSING )
+#define MSK_WRN_1PPS_MISSING         ( 1UL << WRN_1PPS_MISSING )
+#define MSK_WRN_MODULE_MODE          ( 1UL << WRN_MODULE_MODE )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * If the RECEIVER_INFO::features flag GPS_FEAT_XMULTI_REF is set
+ * then the following XMULTI_REF_... data structures must be used 
+ * instead of the older MULTI_REF_... structures above.
+ *
+ * Those devices support a number of priority levels addressed by
+ * the priority index, starting at 0 for highest priority. A single 
+ * reference time source from the set of supported sources can be 
+ * assigned to each priority level.
+ * 
+ * The structures below are used to configure the individual 
+ * time source for each priority level, and retrieve the status 
+ * of the time source at each priority level.
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t type;          /* 0..N_MULTI_REF-1 from the enum above */
+  uint8_t instance;      /* reserved, currently always 0 */
+} XMULTI_REF_ID;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  XMULTI_REF_ID id;      /* time source identifier */
+  uint16_t flags;        /* reserved, currently always 0 */
+  NANO_TIME bias;        /* time bias, e.g. path delay */
+  NANO_TIME precision;   /* precision of the time source */
+  uint32_t fine_limit;   /* smooth control if below this limit */
+} XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS;
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below is used to retrieve or configure the time source
+ * for a specific priority level.
+ * After configuring, a structure with idx == 0xFFFF (-1) must be sent
+ * to let the changes become effective.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;                   /* the priority level index, highest == 0 */
+  XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS settings;   /* the settings configured for this level */
+
+} XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS_IDX;
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below contains the XMULTI_REF configuration
+ * for a single priority level, plus information on supported 
+ * ref time sources, and the number of supported priority levels.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  XMULTI_REF_SETTINGS settings;   /* current settings */
+  uint32_t supp_ref;              /* supp. HAS_MULTI_REF_... codes or'ed */
+  uint8_t n_supp_ref;             /* number of supported ref time sources */
+  uint8_t n_prio;                 /* number of supported priority levels */
+  uint16_t flags;                 /* reserved, currently 0, e.g. multiple instance support */
+
+} XMULTI_REF_INFO;
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below is used to retrieve the XMULTI_REF configuration
+ * information for a specific priority level.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;          /* the priority level index, highest == 0 */
+  XMULTI_REF_INFO info;
+
+} XMULTI_REF_INFO_IDX;
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below contains status information on a single
+ * ref time source.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  XMULTI_REF_ID id;      /* time source identifier */
+  uint16_t status;       /* flag bits as defined below */
+  NANO_TIME offset;      /* time offset from main time base */
+  uint32_t reserved;     /* reserved, currently always 0 */
+
+} XMULTI_REF_STATUS;
+
+
+/*
+ * The structure below is used to retrieve the the status information 
+ * of the time source at a specific priority level.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t idx;          /* the priority level index, highest == 0 */
+  XMULTI_REF_STATUS status;
+
+} XMULTI_REF_STATUS_IDX;
+
+
+/*
+ * Bits used with XMULTI_REF_STATUS. 
+ */
+enum 
+{
+  XMRS_BIT_NOT_SUPP,     /* ref type cfg'd for this level is not supported */
+  XMRS_BIT_NO_CONN,      /* input signal is disconnected */
+  XMRS_BIT_NO_SIGNAL,    /* no input signal */
+  XMRS_BIT_IS_MASTER,    /* reference is master source */
+  XMRS_BIT_IS_LOCKED,    /* locked to input signal */
+  XMRS_BIT_IS_ACCURATE,  /* oscillator control has reached full accuracy */
+  XMRS_BIT_NOT_SETTLED,  /* reference time signal not settled */
+  N_XMRS_BITS
+};
+
+
+/* bit masks corresponding to the flag bits above */
+
+#define XMRS_MSK_NOT_SUPP     ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NOT_SUPP )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NO_CONN      ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NO_CONN )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NO_SIGNAL    ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NO_SIGNAL )
+#define XMRS_MSK_IS_MASTER    ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_IS_MASTER )
+#define XMRS_MSK_IS_LOCKED    ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_IS_LOCKED )
+#define XMRS_MSK_IS_ACCURATE  ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_IS_ACCURATE )
+#define XMRS_MSK_NOT_SETTLED  ( 1UL << XMRS_BIT_NOT_SETTLED )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * An initializer for a XMULTI_REF_STATUS variable 
+ * with status invalid / not used 
+ */
+#define XMULTI_REF_STATUS_INVALID                          \
+{                                                          \
+  { (uint8_t) MULTI_REF_NONE, 0 },  /* id; instance 0 ? */ \
+  XMRS_MSK_NO_CONN | XMRS_MSK_NO_SIGNAL,  /* status */     \
+  { 0 },                                  /* offset */     \
+  0                                      /* reserved */    \
+}
+
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The types below are not used with all devices: 
+ */
+
+typedef uint16_t ROM_CSUM;      /* The ROM checksum */
+typedef uint16_t RCV_TIMEOUT;   /* [min] (only if HAS_RCV_TIMEOUT) */
+typedef uint16_t IGNORE_LOCK;   /* (only if GPS_HAS_IGNORE_LOCK) */
+
+/*
+ * Originally IGNORE_LOG above has been a boolean value (equal or 
+ * not equal 0) which was evaluated the same way for all ports.
+ *
+ * Due to special firmware requirements it has been changed to a 
+ * bit maskable property in order to be able to specify the behaviour 
+ * for individual ports.
+ *
+ * In order to keep compatibility with older versions the LSB is used 
+ * to specify ignore_lock for all ports. The next higher bits are used 
+ * to specify ignore_lock for an individual port, where the bit position 
+ * depends on the port number, e.g. 0x02 for COM0, 0x04 for COM1, etc.
+ * The macros below can be used to simplify the code: 
+ */
+
+/* return a bit mask depending on the port number */
+#define IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS            0x01
+
+#define _ignore_lock_for_all_ports()         ( IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS )
+
+#define _ignore_lock_for_port( _n )          ( 0x02 << (_n) )
+
+/* check if all ports are ignore_lock'ed */
+#define _is_ignore_lock_all_ports( _il )     ( (_il) & IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS )
+
+/* check if a specific port is ignore_lock'ed */
+#define _is_ignore_lock_for_port( _il, _n ) \
+        ( (_il) & ( _ignore_lock_for_port(_n) | IGNORE_LOCK_FOR_ALL_PORTS ) )
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The structures below are used with the SCU multiplexer board 
+ * in a redundant system:
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t hw_id;                // hardware identification
+  uint32_t fw_id;                // firmware identification
+  uint16_t flags;                // reserved currently 0
+  uint8_t  clk0_info;            // reference clock 0 type 
+  uint8_t  clk1_info;            // reference clock 1 type  
+  uint16_t epld_status;          // epld status word, see defintions below
+  uint16_t epld_control;         // epld control word, see defintions below
+} SCU_STAT_INFO;
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  uint16_t epld_control_mask;    // control mask, determines which bit is to be changed
+  uint16_t epld_control_value;   // control value, determines value of bits to be changed
+  uint32_t flags;                // reserved, currently 0
+} SCU_STAT_SETTINGS;
+
+// definitions for status word bit masks
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_TS1          0x0001   // state of time sync signal clk_1
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_TS2          0x0002   // state of time sync signal clk_2
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_TL_ERROR     0x0004   // state of time limit error input
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_PSU1_OK      0x0008   // state of power supply 1 monitoring input
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_PSU2_OK      0x0010   // state of power supply 2 monitoring input
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_AUTO         0x0020   // AUTOMATIC/REMOTE or MANUAL Mode
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_SEL          0x0040   // select bit for output MUX, ( clk_1 = 0 )
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_ENA          0x0080   // enable Bit for output MUX, set if enabled
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_ACO          0x4000   // Access control override bit
+#define MSK_EPLD_STAT_WDOG_OK      0x8000   // WDT_OK set to zero if watchdog expired
+
+
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_SEL_REM      0x0800   // remote select for output MUX ( clk_1 = 0 )
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_DIS_REM      0x1000   // remote disable for output MUX
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_REMOTE       0x2000   // must be set to enable remote operation
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_SEL_SNMP     0x4000   // connect COM0 channels to XPORT
+#define MSK_EPLD_CNTL_ENA_SNMP     0x8000   // select clk for comm. ( clk1 = 0 )
+
+
+/*
+ * Definitions for clk0_info and clk1_info, can be used to determine
+ * the reference clock type connected to SCU input channel 0 and 1:
+ */
+enum 
+{
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_GPS,                // ref. clock is GPS receiver
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_DCF_PZF,            // ref. clock is DCF77 PZF receiver
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_DCF_AM,             // ref. clock is DCF77 AM receiver
+ SCU_CLK_INFO_TCR                 // ref. clock is IRIG time code receiver
+};
+
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * GPS receiver modes of operation. Some of the codes combinations
+ * are obsolete with recent GPS receivers. However, that doesn't
+ * matter since the mode is just read from the receiver:
+ */
+#define REMOTE    0x10
+#define BOOT      0x20
+
+#define TRACK     ( 0x01 )
+#define AUTO_166  ( 0x02 )
+#define WARM_166  ( 0x03          | BOOT )
+#define COLD_166  ( 0x04          | BOOT )
+#define AUTO_BC   ( 0x05 | REMOTE )
+#define WARM_BC   ( 0x06 | REMOTE | BOOT )
+#define COLD_BC   ( 0x07 | REMOTE | BOOT )
+#define UPDA_166  ( 0x08          | BOOT )
+#define UPDA_BC   ( 0x09 | REMOTE | BOOT )
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t mode;          /**< Mode of operation. */
+  uint16_t good_svs;      /**< No. of satellites that are currently used by the receiver */
+  uint16_t svs_in_view;   /**< No. of satellites that are in view according to the almanac data  */
+  int16_t dac_val;        /**< Oscillator fine DAC value        */
+  int16_t dac_cal;        /**< Calibration DAC value of oscillator ( see #OSC_DAC_RANGE, #OSC_DAC_BIAS )  */
+} STAT_INFO;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_stat_info( _p )     \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->mode );         \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->good_svs );     \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->svs_in_view );  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->dac_val );      \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->dac_cal );      \
+}
+
+
+#define OSC_DAC_RANGE     4096UL
+#define OSC_DAC_BIAS      ( OSC_DAC_RANGE / 2 )
+
+
+#ifndef _IDENT_DEFINED
+
+  typedef union
+  {
+    char c[16];       // as string which may NOT be terminated
+    int16_t wrd[8];
+    uint32_t lw[4];
+  } IDENT;
+
+  #define _IDENT_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ident( _p )     \
+{                                 \
+  int i;                          \
+  for ( i = 0; i < 4; i++ )       \
+    _mbg_swab32( &(_p)->lw[i] );  \
+}
+
+/**
+ * The type below is used to configure the length of the 
+ * antenna cable in [m]:
+ */
+typedef uint16_t ANT_CABLE_LEN;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_ant_cable_len( _p )    _mbg_swab16( _p )
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Ephemeris parameters of one specific SV. Needed to compute the position */
+/* of a satellite at a given time with high precision. Valid for an */
+/* interval of 4 to 6 hours from start of transmission. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       /*    checksum of the remaining bytes                  */
+  int16_t valid;   /*    flag data are valid                              */
+
+  HEALTH health;   /*    health indication of transmitting SV      [---]  */
+  IOD IODC;        /*    Issue Of Data, Clock                             */
+  IOD IODE2;       /*    Issue of Data, Ephemeris (Subframe 2)            */
+  IOD IODE3;       /*    Issue of Data, Ephemeris (Subframe 3)            */
+  T_GPS tt;        /*    time of transmission                             */
+  T_GPS t0c;       /*    Reference Time Clock                      [---]  */
+  T_GPS t0e;       /*    Reference Time Ephemeris                  [---]  */
+
+  double sqrt_A;   /*    Square Root of semi-major Axis        [sqrt(m)]  */
+  double e;        /*    Eccentricity                              [---]  */
+  double M0;       /* +- Mean Anomaly at Ref. Time                 [rad]  */
+  double omega;    /* +- Argument of Perigee                       [rad]  */
+  double OMEGA0;   /* +- Longit. of Asc. Node of orbit plane       [rad]  */
+  double OMEGADOT; /* +- Rate of Right Ascension               [rad/sec]  */
+  double deltan;   /* +- Mean Motion Diff. from computed value [rad/sec]  */
+  double i0;       /* +- Inclination Angle                         [rad]  */
+  double idot;     /* +- Rate of Inclination Angle             [rad/sec]  */
+  double crc;      /* +- Cosine Corr. Term to Orbit Radius           [m]  */
+  double crs;      /* +- Sine Corr. Term to Orbit Radius             [m]  */
+  double cuc;      /* +- Cosine Corr. Term to Arg. of Latitude     [rad]  */
+  double cus;      /* +- Sine Corr. Term to Arg. of Latitude       [rad]  */
+  double cic;      /* +- Cosine Corr. Term to Inclination Angle    [rad]  */
+  double cis;      /* +- Sine Corr. Term to Inclination Angle      [rad]  */
+
+  double af0;      /* +- Clock Correction Coefficient 0            [sec]  */
+  double af1;      /* +- Clock Correction Coefficient 1        [sec/sec]  */
+  double af2;      /* +- Clock Correction Coefficient 2      [sec/sec^2]  */
+  double tgd;      /* +- estimated group delay differential        [sec]  */
+
+  uint16_t URA;    /*    predicted User Range Accuracy                    */
+
+  uint8_t L2code;  /*    code on L2 channel                         [---] */
+  uint8_t L2flag;  /*    L2 P data flag                             [---] */
+} EPH;
+
+
+
+/* Almanac parameters of one specific SV. A reduced precision set of */
+/* parameters used to check if a satellite is in view at a given time. */
+/* Valid for an interval of more than 7 days from start of transmission. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       /*    checksum of the remaining bytes                  */
+  int16_t valid;   /*    flag data are valid                              */
+
+  HEALTH health;   /*                                               [---] */
+  T_GPS t0a;       /*    Reference Time Almanac                     [sec] */
+
+  double sqrt_A;   /*    Square Root of semi-major Axis         [sqrt(m)] */
+  double e;        /*    Eccentricity                               [---] */
+
+  double M0;       /* +- Mean Anomaly at Ref. Time                  [rad] */
+  double omega;    /* +- Argument of Perigee                        [rad] */
+  double OMEGA0;   /* +- Longit. of Asc. Node of orbit plane        [rad] */
+  double OMEGADOT; /* +- Rate of Right Ascension                [rad/sec] */
+  double deltai;   /* +-                                            [rad] */
+  double af0;      /* +- Clock Correction Coefficient 0             [sec] */
+  double af1;      /* +- Clock Correction Coefficient 1         [sec/sec] */
+} ALM;
+
+
+
+/* Summary of configuration and health data of all SVs. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;               /* checksum of the remaining bytes */
+  int16_t valid;           /* flag data are valid */
+
+  T_GPS tot_51;            /* time of transmission, page 51 */
+  T_GPS tot_63;            /* time of transmission, page 63 */
+  T_GPS t0a;               /* complete reference time almanac */
+
+  CFG cfg[N_SVNO];         /* SV configuration from page 63 */
+  HEALTH health[N_SVNO];   /* SV health from pages 51, 63 */
+} CFGH;
+
+
+
+/* UTC correction parameters */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       /*    checksum of the remaining bytes                  */
+  int16_t valid;   /*    flag data are valid                              */
+
+  T_GPS t0t;       /*    Reference Time UTC Parameters              [sec] */
+  double A0;       /* +- Clock Correction Coefficient 0             [sec] */
+  double A1;       /* +- Clock Correction Coefficient 1         [sec/sec] */
+
+  uint16_t WNlsf;  /*  week number of nearest leap second                 */
+  int16_t DNt;     /*  the day number at the end of which LS is inserted  */
+  int8_t delta_tls;  /*                                                   */
+  int8_t delta_tlsf; /*                                                   */
+} UTC;
+
+
+
+/* Ionospheric correction parameters */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       /*    checksum of the remaining bytes                  */
+  int16_t valid;   /*    flag data are valid                              */
+
+  double alpha_0;  /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 0              [sec] */
+  double alpha_1;  /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 1          [sec/deg] */
+  double alpha_2;  /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 2        [sec/deg^2] */
+  double alpha_3;  /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Alpha 3        [sec/deg^3] */
+
+  double beta_0;   /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 0               [sec] */
+  double beta_1;   /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 1           [sec/deg] */
+  double beta_2;   /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 2         [sec/deg^2] */
+  double beta_3;   /*    Ionosph. Corr. Coeff. Beta 3         [sec/deg^3] */
+} IONO;
+
+
+
+/* GPS ASCII message */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;       /* checksum of the remaining bytes */
+  int16_t valid;   /* flag data are valid */
+  char s[23];      /* 22 chars GPS ASCII message plus trailing zero */
+} ASCII_MSG;
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )      // set default alignment
+  #pragma pack()
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  /* _GPSDEFS_H */
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/gpsutils.h b/c/mbglib/include/gpsutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d57085b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/gpsutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: gpsutils.h 1.6 2005/02/18 10:32:33Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for gpsutils.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: gpsutils.h $
+ *  Revision 1.6  2005/02/18 10:32:33Z  martin
+ *  Check more predefined macros to determine if compiling for Windows.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2003/02/04 09:18:48Z  MARTIN
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2002/12/12 16:08:11  martin
+ *  Definitions for degree character.
+ *  Requires mbggeo.h.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2001/02/05 09:40:42Z  MARTIN
+ *  New file header.
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _GPSUTILS_H
+#define _GPSUTILS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbggeo.h>
+
+
+#ifdef _GPSUTILS
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#define ANSI_C_DEGREE     '°'    // single char
+#define ANSI_S_DEGREE     "°"    // string
+
+#if defined( _Windows ) || defined( _WINDOWS ) \
+  || defined( WIN32 ) || defined( __linux )
+  #define C_DEGREE  ANSI_C_DEGREE
+  #define S_DEGREE  ANSI_S_DEGREE
+#else
+  #define C_DEGREE  'ø'
+  #define S_DEGREE  "ø"
+#endif
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ void swap_double( double *d ) ;
+ void swap_eph_doubles( EPH *ephp ) ;
+ void swap_alm_doubles( ALM *almp ) ;
+ void swap_utc_doubles( UTC *utcp ) ;
+ void swap_iono_doubles( IONO *ionop ) ;
+ void swap_pos_doubles( POS *posp ) ;
+ void sprint_dms( char *s, DMS *pdms, int prec ) ;
+ void sprint_alt( char *s, double alt ) ;
+ void sprint_pos_geo( char *s, POS *ppos, const char *sep, int prec ) ;
+ void sprint_fixed_freq( char *s, FIXED_FREQ_INFO *p_ff ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _GPSUTILS_H */
+
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/mbgdevio.h b/c/mbglib/include/mbgdevio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e75e2c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/mbgdevio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2672 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgdevio.h 1.32 2008/12/17 10:43:30Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes used with Meinberg device driver I/O.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgdevio.h $
+ *  Revision 1.32  2008/12/17 10:43:30Z  martin
+ *  New version code 303, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Increased MBG_MAX_DEVICES from 5 to 8.
+ *  Added macros to read the time stamp counter (cycles), and
+ *  added an inline rdtscll() call for user space Linux.
+ *  Added some inline functions to deal with cycles and timestamps.
+ *  Generic support for threads and process/thread affinity controlled
+ *  by symbol MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API.
+ *  New preprocessor symbol MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY.
+ *  Support extrapolated time stamps controlled
+ *  by symbol MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API.
+ *  Removed definition of MBG_TGT_SUPP_MMAP.
+ *  Updated function prototypes and doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.31  2008/02/26 16:57:38Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes and doxygen comments.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2008/02/04 13:33:15Z  martin
+ *  New preprocessor symbol MBG_TGT_SUPP_MMAP.
+ *  Revision 1.29  2008/01/31 08:55:39Z  daniel
+ *  Renamed functions related to mapped memory support
+ *  Revision 1.28  2008/01/31 08:36:22Z  martin
+ *  Picked up changes from 1.24.1.1:
+ *  Added default preprocessor symbol MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2008/01/17 15:56:37Z  daniel
+ *  New version code 302, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Added structure MBG_MAPPED_MEM_INFO.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2007/10/16 10:11:42Z  daniel
+ *  New version code 301, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2007/09/26 14:10:34Z  martin
+ *  New version code 300, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Added MBG_MAX_DEVICES.
+ *  Added enum SELECTION_MODE.
+ *  Added structures MBG_DEVICE_LIST and MBG_DEVICE_NAME_LIST.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.24  2007/03/22 10:14:16Z  martin
+ *  New version code 219, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2007/03/02 10:18:10Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes due to renamed data structures.
+ *  Use new definitions of generic handle types.
+ *  Preliminary support for *BSD.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2006/08/09 13:47:29  martin
+ *  New version code 218, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2006/06/08 12:30:22Z  martin
+ *  New version code 217, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2006/05/02 13:14:27Z  martin
+ *  New version code 216, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2006/01/11 12:14:53Z  martin
+ *  New version code 215, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.18  2005/12/15 09:38:39Z  martin
+ *  New version 214, compatibility version still 210.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2005/06/02 11:54:40Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.16  2005/02/16 15:13:00Z  martin
+ *  New MBGDEVIO_VERSION 0x0212.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2005/01/14 10:22:44Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2004/12/09 11:24:00Z  martin
+ *  Support configuration of on-board frequency synthesizer.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2004/11/09 14:13:00Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2004/08/17 11:13:46Z  martin
+ *  Account for renamed symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2004/04/14 09:34:23Z  martin
+ *  New definition MBGDEVIO_COMPAT_VERSION.
+ *  Pack structures 1 byte aligned.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2003/12/22 15:35:10Z  martin
+ *  New revision 2.03.
+ *  Moved some definitions to pcpsdev.h.
+ *  New structures to read device time together with associated
+ *  PC high resolution timer cycles.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2003/06/19 08:50:05Z  martin
+ *  Definition of MBGDEVIO_VERSION number to allow DLL 
+ *  API version checking.
+ *  Replaced some defines by typedefs.
+ *  Renamed USE_DOS_TSR to MBG_USE_DOS_TSR.
+ *  New preprocessor symbol MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER which 
+ *  is defined only for targets which use IOCTLs.
+ *  Don't include pcps_dos.h here.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2003/05/16 08:44:26  MARTIN
+ *  Cleaned up inclusion of headers.
+ *  Removed obsolete definitions.
+ *  Changes for direct access targets.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2003/04/25 10:16:00  martin
+ *  Updated inclusion of headers.
+ *  Made prototypes available for all targets.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2003/04/15 19:38:05Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2003/04/09 13:44:53Z  martin
+ *  Use new common IOCTL codes from mbgioctl.h.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2002/09/06 11:06:35Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes for Win32 API..
+ *  Win32 compatibility macros to use old APIs with new functions.
+ *  Support targets OS/2 and NetWare.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2002/02/28 10:08:54Z  MARTIN
+ *  Syntax cleanup for Win32.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2002/02/26 14:40:47  MARTIN
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Changes for DOS with and without TSR.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2002/02/19 13:48:21  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGDEVIO_H
+#define _MBGDEVIO_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbggeo.h>
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <mbgerror.h>
+#include <pcpsdev.h>
+#include <pci_asic.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+
+#define MBGDEVIO_VERSION         0x0303
+
+#define MBGDEVIO_COMPAT_VERSION  0x0210
+
+#define MBG_MAX_DEVICES  8
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API  1
+  #endif
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API  1
+  #endif
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY  1
+  #endif
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+  #include <windows.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  #if !defined( MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API )
+    #define MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API  1
+  #endif
+
+  // Thread support under Linux depends strongly on
+  // the versions of some libraries, so the symbols
+  // MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API and MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY
+  // should be set in the project's Makefile, depending on the
+  // target envionment. Otherwise thread support is disabled
+  // as per default.
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+  #include <fcntl.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+  #include <fcntl.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_OS2 )
+
+  #define MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER  1
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+
+  #if !defined( MBG_USE_DOS_TSR )
+    #define MBG_USE_DOS_TSR  1
+  #endif
+
+  #include <pcpsdrvr.h>
+
+#else // other target OSs which access the hardware directly
+
+  #include <pcpsdrvr.h>
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_XHRT_API  0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API  0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_HAVE_THREAD_AFFINITY  0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MBGDEVIO
+ #define _ext
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )      // set byte alignment
+  #pragma pack( 1 )
+#endif
+
+
+// If MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE != 0  then some complex configuration
+// API calls are excluded from build, which would otherwise
+// require some additional mbglib modules to be linked 
+// to the application.
+#if !defined( MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE )
+  #define MBGDEVIO_SIMPLE   0
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_USE_KERNEL_DRIVER )
+
+  typedef MBG_HANDLE MBG_DEV_HANDLE ;
+
+  #define MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE  MBG_INVALID_HANDLE
+
+#else // other target OSs which access the hardware directly
+
+  typedef PCPS_DDEV *MBG_DEV_HANDLE;
+
+  #define MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE  NULL
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  #include <sched.h>
+
+  #define MBG_PROCESS_ID              pid_t
+  #define _mbg_get_current_process()  0
+
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET                 cpu_set_t
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE            CPU_SETSIZE
+  #define _mbg_cpu_clear( _ps )       CPU_ZERO( (_ps) )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_set( _i, _ps )     CPU_SET( (_i), (_ps) )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_isset( _i, _ps )   CPU_ISSET( (_i), (_ps) )
+
+  #if MBGDEVIO_USE_THREAD_API
+
+    #include <pthread.h>
+
+    #define MBG_THREAD_ID               pthread_t
+    #define _mbg_get_current_thread()   0
+    #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR         // empty
+    #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL      void *
+    #define _mbg_thread_exit( _v )      return (void *) (_v)
+
+    #define MBG_MUTEX                   pthread_mutex_t
+    #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pm )      pthread_mutex_init( (_pm), NULL )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_deinit( _pm )    _nop_macro_fnc()
+    #define _mbg_mutex_lock( _pm )      pthread_mutex_lock( (_pm) )
+    #define _mbg_mutex_unlock( _pm )    pthread_mutex_unlock( (_pm) )
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #define MBG_PROCESS_ID              HANDLE
+  #define _mbg_get_current_process()  GetCurrentProcess()
+
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET                 DWORD_PTR  // Attention: this is not used as pointer!
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE            ( sizof( MBG_CPU_SET ) * 8 )
+
+  #define MBG_THREAD_ID               HANDLE
+  #define _mbg_get_current_thread()   GetCurrentThread()
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR         WINAPI
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL      DWORD
+  #define _mbg_thread_exit( _v )      ExitThread( _v )
+
+  #define MBG_MUTEX                   CRITICAL_SECTION
+  #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pm )      InitializeCriticalSection( (_pm) )
+  #define _mbg_mutex_deinit( _pm )    DeleteCriticalSection( (_pm) )
+  #define _mbg_mutex_lock( _pm )      EnterCriticalSection( (_pm) )
+  #define _mbg_mutex_unlock( _pm )    LeaveCriticalSection( (_pm) )
+
+#endif  // target specific
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #define FILETIME int  // just a dummy to avoid build errors
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_PROCESS_ID )
+  #define MBG_PROCESS_ID              int
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_get_current_process )
+  #define _mbg_get_current_process()  0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_CPU_SET )
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET                 int
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE )
+  #define MBG_CPU_SET_SIZE            ( sizof( MBG_CPU_SET ) * 8 )
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_cpu_clear )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_clear( _ps )       ( *(_ps) = 0 )
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_cpu_set )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_set( _i, _ps )     ( *(_ps) |= ( 1UL << (_i) ) )
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_cpu_isset )
+  #define _mbg_cpu_isset( _i, _ps )   ( *(_ps) & ( 1UL << (_i) ) )
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_THREAD_ID )
+  #define MBG_THREAD_ID               int
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_get_current_thread )
+  #define _mbg_get_current_thread()   0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR )
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR         // empty
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL )
+  #define MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL      void
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_thread_exit )
+  #define _mbg_thread_exit( _v )      _nop_macro_fnc()
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_MUTEX )
+  #define MBG_MUTEX                   int
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_mutex_init )
+  #define _mbg_mutex_init( _pm )      _nop_macro_fnc()
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_mutex_deinit )
+  #define _mbg_mutex_deinit( _pm )      _nop_macro_fnc()
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_mutex_lock )
+  #define _mbg_mutex_lock( _pm )      _nop_macro_fnc()
+#endif
+
+#if !defined( _mbg_mutex_unlock )
+  #define _mbg_mutex_unlock( _pm )    _nop_macro_fnc()
+#endif
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_THREAD_ID thread_id;
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+    HANDLE exit_request;
+  #endif
+} MBG_THREAD_INFO;
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES htc;
+  uint64_t tstamp64;
+} MBG_XHRT_VARS;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_XHRT_VARS vars;
+  MBG_XHRT_VARS prv_vars;
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY freq_hz;
+  int ioctl_status;
+  int sleep_ms;
+  MBG_MUTEX mutex;
+  MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh;
+} MBG_XHRT_INFO;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_XHRT_INFO xhrt_info;
+  MBG_THREAD_INFO ti;
+} MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO;
+
+
+
+/**
+  Match modes to decide how to proceed if a certain 
+  model type with certain serial number can not be found
+ */
+enum MBG_MATCH_MODE
+{
+  MBG_MATCH_ANY,     /**< open the next available device on the system */
+  MBG_MATCH_MODEL,   /**< open the next available device on the system with the same clock type */
+  MBG_MATCH_EXACTLY, /**< force opening exactly the requested device otherwise exit with failure */
+  N_MBG_MATCH_MODE   /**< number of known modes */
+};
+
+
+
+typedef struct _MBG_DEVICE_LIST
+{
+  char   *device_path;        /**< Hardware ID depending on the calling function */
+  struct _MBG_DEVICE_LIST *next;
+
+} MBG_DEVICE_LIST;
+
+
+
+typedef struct _MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST
+{
+  char   device_name[40];        /**< readable name */
+  struct _MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST *next;
+
+} MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST;
+
+
+
+#define _mbg_generic_read_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_read( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbg_generic_write_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_write( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbg_generic_read_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_read_gps( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+#define _mbg_generic_write_gps_var( _dh, _cmd, _s )  \
+  mbg_generic_write_gps( _dh, _cmd, &(_s), sizeof( (_s) ) )
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ /**
+    Get the version number of the compiled mbgdevio library.
+    If the mbgdevio library is built as a DLL/shared object then 
+    the version number of the compiled library may differ from
+    the version number of the import library and header files
+    which have been used to build an application.
+
+    @return The version number
+
+    @see ::MBGDEVIO_VERSION defined in mbgdevio.h.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbgdevio_get_version( void ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if the version of the compiled mbgdevio library is compatible
+    with a certain version which is passed as parameter.
+
+    @param header_version Version number to be checked, should be ::MBGDEVIO_VERSION 
+                          defined in mbgdevio.h.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS if compatible, ::MBG_ERR_LIB_NOT_COMPATIBLE if not.
+
+    @see ::MBGDEVIO_VERSION defined in mbgdevio.h.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbgdevio_check_version( int header_version ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Open a device by index, starting from 0.
+    This function is <b>out of date</b>, mbg_open_device_by_name() 
+    should be used instead.
+
+    See the <b>note</b> for mbg_find_device() for details.
+
+    @param device_index Index of the device, use 0 for the first device.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR MBG_DEV_HANDLE _MBG_API mbg_open_device( unsigned int device_index ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Get the number of supported devices installed on the computer. 
+    This function is <b>out of date</b>, mbg_find_devices_with_names() 
+    should be used instead.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is out of date since it may not work 
+    correctly for Meinberg devices which are disconnected and reconnected
+    while the system is running (e.g. USB devices). However, the function 
+    will be kept for compatibility reasons and works correctly if all 
+    Meinberg devices are connected at system boot and are not disconnected 
+    and reconnected during operation
+
+    @return The number of devices found.
+
+    @see mbg_find_devices_with_names()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_find_devices( void ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Return the number of supported devices installed on the system and 
+    set up a list of unique names of those devices.
+
+    This function should be used preferably instead of mbg_find_devices().
+
+    @param device_list Pointer to a linked list of type ::MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST 
+                       with device names. The list will be allocated by this 
+                       function and has to be freed after usage by calling 
+                       mbg_free_device_name_list().
+    @param max_devices Maximum number of devices the function should look for 
+                       (can not exceed ::MBG_MAX_DEVICES).
+
+    @return Number of present devices
+
+    @see ::MBG_HW_NAME for the format of the unique names
+    @see mbg_free_device_name_list()
+    @see mbg_find_devices()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_find_devices_with_names( MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST **device_list,  int max_devices ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Free the memory of the ::MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST that has been allocated before 
+    by mbg_find_devices_with_names().
+
+    @param *list Linked list of type ::MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST
+
+    @see mbg_find_devices_with_names()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR void _MBG_API mbg_free_device_name_list( MBG_DEVICENAME_LIST *list) ;
+
+ /**
+    Return a handle to a device with a certain unique name.
+    The names of the devices that are installed on the system can be retrieved by
+    the function mbg_find_devices_with_names().
+
+    This function should be used preferably instead of mbg_open_device().
+
+    @param hw_name String with the unique name of the device to be opened
+    @param selection_mode One of the enum values of ::MBG_MATCH_MODE
+
+    @return On success, the function returns a handle to the device, otherwise ::MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE
+
+    @see ::MBG_HW_NAME for the format of the unique names.
+    @see ::MBG_MATCH_MODE
+    @see mbg_find_devices_with_names()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR MBG_DEV_HANDLE _MBG_API mbg_open_device_by_name( const char* hw_name, int selection_mode )  //##++++
+;
+
+ /**
+    Close a handle to a device and set the handle value to ::MBG_INVALID_DEV_HANDLE.
+    If required, unmap mapped memory.
+
+    @param dev_handle Handle to a Meinberg device.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR void _MBG_API mbg_close_device( MBG_DEV_HANDLE *dev_handle ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Return a ::PCPS_DRVR_INFO structure that provides information 
+    about the kernel device driver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_DRVR_INFO structure which is filled up.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_drvr_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_DRVR_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Return a ::PCPS_DEV structure that provides detailed information about the device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_device_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_DEV *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Return the current state of the on-board::PCPS_STATUS_PORT.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_STATUS_PORT value to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+
+    @see \ref group_status_port "bitmask"
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_status_port( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_STATUS_PORT *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic read function which writes a command code to the device 
+    and reads a number of replied data to a generic buffer.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any command code.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device
+    @param *p Pointer to a buffer to be filled up
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_read( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic read function which writes a GPS command code to the device 
+    and reads a number of replied data to a generic buffer.
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any GPS command code.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a buffer to be filled up
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_read_gps( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic write function which writes a command code plus an 
+    associated number of data bytes to the device.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any command code.
+
+    @param dh   Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd  Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device.
+    @param *p   Pointer to a buffer to be written
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_write( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, const void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Generic write function which writes a GPS command code plus an 
+    associated number of data bytes to the device.
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This is for debugging purposes only!
+    The specialized API calls should be used preferably.
+    A specific device may not support any GPS command code.
+
+    @param dh   Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param cmd  Can be any \ref group_cmd_bytes "command byte" supported by the device.
+    @param *p   Pointer to a buffer to be written
+    @param size Size of the buffer *p
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_write_gps( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int cmd, const void *p, int size ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Write and/or read generic data to/from a device.
+    The macro _pcps_has_generic_io() or the API call mbg_dev_has_generic_io()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: This call is for debugging purposes and internal use only!
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_generic_io()
+    @see mbg_generic_read()
+    @see mbg_generic_write()
+    @see mbg_generic_read_gps()
+    @see mbg_generic_write_gps()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_generic_io( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int type, const void *in_p, int in_sz, void *out_p, int out_sz ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PCPS_TIME structure returning the current date/time/status.
+    The returned time is local time according to the card's time zone setting, 
+    with a resolution of 10 ms (i.e. 10ths of seconds).
+
+    This call is supported by any device manufactured by Meinberg. However,
+    for higher accuracy and resolution the mbg_get_hr_time..() group of calls 
+    should be used preferably if supported by the specific device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_set_time()
+    @see mbg_get_sync_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Set a device's on-board clock manually by passing a ::PCPS_STIME structure
+    The macro _pcps_can_set_time() checks whether this call 
+    is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_STIME structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_STIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PCPS_TIME structure returning the date/time/status reporting 
+    when the device was synchronized the last time to its time source, 
+    e.g. the DCF77 signal or the GPS satellites.
+    The macro _pcps_has_sync_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_sync_time() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_sync_time() checks whether this call 
+    is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> If that information is not available on the board then 
+    the value of the returned ::PCPS_TIME::sec field is set to 0xFF. 
+    The macro _pcps_time_is_read() can be used to check whether the 
+    returned information is valid, or not available.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_sync_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Wait until the next second change, then return a ::PCPS_TIME 
+    structure similar to mbg_get_time().
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This API call is supported under Windows only. 
+    The call blocks until the kernel driver detects a second change 
+    reported by the device.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time_sec_change( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PCPS_HR_TIME (High Resolution time) structure returning 
+    the current %UTC time (seconds since 1970), %UTC offset, and status.
+    The macro _pcps_has_hr_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_hr_time() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This API call provides a higher accuracy and resolution 
+    than mbg_get_time(). However, it does not account for the latency 
+    which is introduced when accessing the board. 
+    The mbg_get_hr_time_cycles() and mbg_get_hr_time_comp() calls
+    provides mechanisms to account for and/or compensate the latency.
+
+    @param  dh  Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param  *p  Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_hr_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen )
+    Write a high resolution time stamp ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP to the clock 
+    to configure a %UTC time when the clock shall generate an event.
+    The macro _pcps_has_event_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_event_time() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This is only supported by some special firmware.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_event_time()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_event_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the configuration of a device's serial port.
+    The macro _pcps_has_serial() checks whether this call 
+    is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is supported only by a certain class 
+    of devices, so it should not be called directly. The generic 
+    function mbg_get_serial_settings() should be used instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_SERIAL structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_serial( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_SERIAL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the configuration of a device's serial port.
+    The macro _pcps_has_serial() checks whether this call 
+    is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is supported only by a certain class 
+    of devices, so it should not be called directly. The generic 
+    function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_SERIAL structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_serial( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_SERIAL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the card's time zone/daylight saving configuration code. 
+    That tzcode is supported by some simpler cards and only allows only 
+    a very basic configuration. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzcode() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzcode() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+    Other cards may support the mbg_get_pcps_tzdl() or mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    calls instead which allow for a more detailed configuration of the 
+    time zone and daylight saving settings.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZCODE structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_tzcode( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TZCODE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the card's time zone/daylight saving configuration code. 
+    That tzcode is supported by some simpler cards and only allows only 
+    a very basic configuration. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzcode() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzcode() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+    Other cards may support the mbg_set_pcps_tzdl() or mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    calls instead which allow for a more detailed configuration of the 
+    time zone and daylight saving settings.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZCODE structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_tzcode( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_TZCODE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the card's time zone/daylight saving parameters using the 
+    ::PCPS_TZDL structure. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_pcps_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+    Other cards may support the mbg_get_tzcode() or mbg_get_gps_tzdl() 
+    calls instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZDL structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_pcps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the card's time zone/daylight saving parameters using the 
+    ::PCPS_TZDL structure. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_pcps_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+    Other cards may support the mbg_set_tzcode() or mbg_set_gps_tzdl() 
+    calls instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TZDL structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_cmd_bytes
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_pcps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the reference time offset from %UTC for clocks which can't determine 
+    that offset automatically, e.g. from an IRIG input signal. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_ref_offs() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ref_offs() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_REF_OFFS value to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_set_ref_offs()
+    @see ::PCPS_GET_REF_OFFS
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ref_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_REF_OFFS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the reference time offset from %UTC for clocks which can't determine 
+    that offset automatically, e.g. from an IRIG input signal. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_ref_offs() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ref_offs() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param  dh  Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param  *p  Pointer to a ::MBG_REF_OFFS value to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_get_ref_offs()
+    @see ::PCPS_SET_REF_OFFS
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_ref_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const MBG_REF_OFFS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure containing optional settings, controlled by flags.
+    The ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure contains a mask of supported flags plus the current 
+    settings of those flags.
+    The macro _pcps_has_opt_flags() or the API call mbg_dev_has_opt_flags() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_opt_flags()
+    @see mbg_set_opt_settings()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_opt_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_OPT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write a ::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS structure contains optional settings, controlled by flags.
+    The macro _pcps_has_opt_flags() or the API call mbg_dev_has_opt_flags() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+    The ::MBG_OPT_INFO structure should be read first to check which of the specified 
+    flags is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_opt_flags()
+    @see mbg_get_opt_info()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_opt_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const MBG_OPT_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read an ::IRIG_INFO structure containing the configuration of an IRIG input
+    plus the possible settings supported by that input.
+    The macro _pcps_is_irig_rx() or the API call mbg_dev_is_irig_rx() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an ::IRIG_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_irig_rx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irig_rx_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, IRIG_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write an ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure containing the configuration of an IRIG input.
+    The macro _pcps_is_irig_rx() or the API call mbg_dev_is_irig_rx() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+    The ::IRIG_INFO structure should be read first to determine the possible 
+    settings supported by this card's IRIG input.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_rx_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_irig_rx_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const IRIG_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Clear the card's on-board time capture FIFO buffer.
+    The macro _pcps_can_clr_ucap_buff() or the API call mbg_dev_can_clr_ucap_buff() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_can_clr_ucap_buff()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_clr_ucap_buff( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES structure to retrieve the number of saved 
+    user capture events and the maximum capture buffer size.
+    The macro _pcps_has_ucap() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ucap() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ucap()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ucap_entries( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_UCAP_ENTRIES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve a single time capture event from the on-board FIFO buffer 
+    using a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure. The oldest entry of the FIFO is retrieved 
+    and then removed from the FIFO. 
+    If no capture event is available in the FIFO buffer then both the seconds 
+    and the fractions of the returned timestamp are 0.
+    The macro _pcps_has_ucap() or the API call mbg_dev_has_ucap() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This call is very much faster than the older mbg_get_gps_ucap()
+    call which is obsolete but still supported for compatibility with 
+    older cards.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_ucap()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_ucap_event( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the card's time zone/daylight saving parameters using the ::TZDL
+    structure. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzdl() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> In spite of the function name this call may also be 
+    supported by non-GPS cards. Other cards may support the mbg_get_tzcode()
+    or mbg_get_pcps_tzdl() calls instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TZDL structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_tzdl
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the card's time zone/daylight saving parameters using the ::TZDL
+    structure. 
+    The macro _pcps_has_tzdl() or the API call mbg_dev_has_tzdl() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> In spite of the function name this call may also be 
+    supported by non-GPS cards. Other cards may support the mbg_set_tzcode() 
+    or mbg_set_pcps_tzdl() calls instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TZDL structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see \ref group_tzdl
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const TZDL *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve the software revision of a GPS receiver.
+    This call is obsolete but still supported for compatibility 
+    with older GPS cards.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_get_gps_receiver_info() should 
+    be used instead, if supported by the card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SW_REV structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_receiver_info()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_sw_rev( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, SW_REV *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve the status of the battery buffered GPS variables.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+    The GPS receiver stays in cold boot mode until all of the 
+    data sets are valid.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::BVAR_STAT structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_bvar_stat( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, BVAR_STAT *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the current board time using a ::TTM structure.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This call is pretty slow, so the mbg_get_hr_time_..() 
+    group of calls should be used preferably.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TTM structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, TTM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write a ::TTM structure to a GPS receiver in order to set the 
+    on-board date and time.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TTM structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const TTM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PORT_PARM structure to retrieve the configuration 
+    of the device's serial ports.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is obsolete since it is only 
+    supported by a certain class of devices and can handle only 
+    up to 2 ports. The generic function mbg_get_serial_settings() 
+    should be used instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_PARM structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_port_parm( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PORT_PARM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write a ::PORT_PARM structure to configure the on-board 
+    serial ports.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This function is obsolete since it is only 
+    supported by a certain class of devices and can handle only 
+    up to 2 ports. The generic function mbg_save_serial_settings() 
+    should be used instead. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_PARM structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_port_parm( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PORT_PARM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read an ::ANT_INFO structure to retrieve status information of the GPS antenna.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Normally the antenna connection status can also be 
+    determined by evaluation of the ::PCPS_TIME::signal or ::PCPS_HR_TIME::signal
+    fields.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ANT_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_ant_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ANT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a time capture event from the on-board FIFO buffer using a ::TTM structure.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This call is pretty slow and has been obsoleted by 
+    mbg_get_ucap_event() which should be used preferably, if supported 
+    by the card. Anyway, this call is still supported for compatibility 
+    with older cards.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::TTM structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_ucap( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, TTM *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read an ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure reporting whether certain outputs 
+    shall be enabled immediately after the card's power-up, or only 
+    after the card has synchronized to its input signal.
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Not all of the input signals specified for the 
+    ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure can be modified individually.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::ENABLE_FLAGS structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ::ENABLE_FLAGS
+    @see mbg_set_gps_enable_flags()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_enable_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ENABLE_FLAGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write an ENABLE_FLAGS structure to configure whether certain outputs 
+    shall be enabled immediately after the card's power-up, or only 
+    after the card has synchronized to its input signal.
+    The macro _pcps_has_gps_data() or the API call mbg_dev_has_gps_data()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Not all of the input signals specified for the 
+    ENABLE_FLAGS structure can be modified individually.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ENABLE_FLAGS structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ENABLE_FLAGS
+    @see mbg_get_gps_enable_flags()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_enable_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const ENABLE_FLAGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::STAT_INFO structure to retrieve the status of the 
+    GPS receiver, including mode of operation and numer of 
+    visible/usable satellites.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::STAT_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ::STAT_INFO
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_stat_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, STAT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Sends a ::GPS_CMD to a GPS receiver.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::GPS_CMD
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see ::PC_GPS_CMD_BOOT, ::PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_SYS, ::PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_USER, ::PC_GPS_CMD_INIT_DAC
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_cmd( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const GPS_CMD *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the current GPS receiver position using the ::POS structure 
+    which contains different coordinate formats.
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::POS structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_xyz()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_lla()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_pos( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, POS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Preset the GPS receiver position using ::XYZ coordinates 
+    (ECEF: WGS84 "Earth Centered, Earth fixed" kartesian coordinates).
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param p Position in ::XYZ format to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_lla()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_pos()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pos_xyz( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const XYZ p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Preset the GPS receiver position using ::LLA coordinates 
+    (longitude, latitude, altitude)
+    The macro _pcps_is_gps() or the API call mbg_dev_is_gps()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param p Position in ::LLA format to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pos_xyz()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_pos()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pos_lla( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const LLA p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the configured length of the GPS antenna cable (::ANT_CABLE_LEN).
+    The cable delay is internally compensated by 5ns per meter cable.
+    The macro _pcps_has_cab_len() or the API call mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p ::ANT_CABLE_LEN structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, ANT_CABLE_LEN *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the length of the GPS antenna cable (::ANT_CABLE_LEN).
+    The cable delay is internally compensated by 5ns per meter cable.
+    The macro _pcps_has_cab_len() or the API call mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p ::ANT_CABLE_LEN structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_cab_len()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const ANT_CABLE_LEN *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure from a card.
+    The macro _pcps_has_receiver_info() or the API call mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> Applications should call mbg_setup_receiver_info() 
+    preferably, which also sets up a basic ::RECEIVER_INFO structure 
+    for card which don't provide that structure by themselves.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_receiver_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, RECEIVER_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the configuration for a single serial port using the ::PORT_SETTINGS_IDX 
+    structure which contains both the ::PORT_SETTINGS and the port index value.
+    Except for the parameter types, this call is equivalent to mbg_set_gps_port_settings().
+    The macro _pcps_has_receiver_info() or the API call mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used preferably 
+    to write new port configuration to the board.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_SETTINGS_IDX structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_port_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_port_settings_idx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PORT_SETTINGS_IDX *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the configuration for a single serial port using the ::PORT_SETTINGS 
+    structure plus the port index.
+    Except for the parameter types, this call is equivalent to mbg_set_gps_port_settings_idx().
+    The macro _pcps_has_receiver_info() or the API call mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> The function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used preferably 
+    to write new port configuration to the board.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PORT_SETTINGS structure to be filled up
+    @param idx Index of the serial port to be configured (starting from 0 ).
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_port_settings_idx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_port_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PORT_SETTINGS *p, int idx ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Set up a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure for a device.
+    If the device supports the ::RECEIVER_INFO structure then the structure
+    is read from the device, otherwise a structure is set up using 
+    default values depending on the device type.
+    The function mbg_get_device_info() must have been called before, 
+    and the returned PCPS_DEV structure passed to this function.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *pdev Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure returned by mbg_get_device_info()
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_setup_receiver_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, RECEIVER_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read all serial port settings and supported configuration parameters.
+
+    The functions mbg_get_device_info() and mbg_setup_receiver_info() 
+    must have been called before, and the returned ::PCPS_DEV and 
+    ::RECEIVER_INFO structures must be passed to this function.
+
+    The complementary function mbg_save_serial_settings() should be used
+    to write the modified serial port configuration back to the board.
+
+    @param dh    Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *pdev Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure.
+    @param *pcfg Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_PORT_CFG structure to be filled up.
+    @param *p_ri Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+    @see mbg_save_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *pcfg, const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the configuration settings for a single serial port to the board.
+
+    Modifications to the serial port configuration should be made only 
+    after mbg_get_serial_settings() had been called to read all serial port 
+    settings and supported configuration parameters. 
+    This function has finally to be called once for every serial port 
+    the configuration of which has been modified.
+
+    As also required by mbg_get_serial_settings(), the functions 
+    mbg_get_device_info() and mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been 
+    called before, and the returned ::PCPS_DEV and ::RECEIVER_INFO structures 
+    must be passed to this function.
+
+    @param dh       Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *pdev    Pointer to a ::PCPS_DEV structure
+    @param *pcfg    Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_PORT_CFG structure
+    @param port_num Index of the ::serial port to be saved
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+    @see mbg_get_device_info()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_save_serial_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const PCPS_DEV *pdev, RECEIVER_PORT_CFG *pcfg, int port_num ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the version code of the on-board PCI/PCIe interface ASIC.
+    The macro _pcps_has_asic_version() or the API call mbg_dev_has_asic_version()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCI_ASIC_VERSION type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_asic_version()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_asic_version( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCI_ASIC_VERSION *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the features of the on-board PCI/PCIe interface ASIC.
+    The macro _pcps_has_asic_features() or the API call mbg_dev_has_asic_features()
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCI_ASIC_FEATURES type to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_asic_features()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_asic_features( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCI_ASIC_FEATURES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PCPS_TIME_CYCLES structure that contains a ::PCPS_TIME structure
+    and a PC cycle counter value which can be used to compensate the latency
+    of the call, i.e. the program execution time until the time stamp has actually
+    been read from the board.
+
+    This call is supported for any card, similar to mbg_get_time(). However, 
+    the mbg_get_hr_time_cyles() call should be used preferably if supported by 
+    the specific card since that call provides much better accuracy than this one.
+
+    The cycle counter value corresponds to a value returned by QueryPerformanceCounter() 
+    under Windows, and get_cycles() under Linux. On other operating systems the returned 
+    cycles value is always 0.
+
+    Applications should first pick up their own cycle counter value and then call 
+    this function. The difference of the cycle counter values corresponds to the 
+    latency of the call in units of the cycle counter clock frequency, e.g as reported 
+    by QueryPerformanceFrequency() under Windows.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_CYCLES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_time_cycles( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME_CYCLES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES structure that contains a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure
+    and a PC cycle counter value which can be used to compensate the latency
+    of the call, i.e. the program execution time until the time stamp has actually
+    been read from the board.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_hr_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_hr_time() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    The cycle counter value corresponds to a value returned by QueryPerformanceCounter() 
+    under Windows, and get_cycles() under Linux. On other operating systems the returned 
+    cycles value is always 0.
+
+    Applications should first pick up their own cycle counter value and then call 
+    this function. The difference of the cycle counter values corresponds to the 
+    latency of the call in units of the cycle counter clock frequency, e.g as reported 
+    by QueryPerformanceFrequency() under Windows.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_hr_time_cycles( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure plus cycle counter value, and correct the 
+    time stamp for the latency of the call as described for mbg_get_hr_time_cycles(),
+    then return the compensated time stamp and optionally the latency.
+
+    The macro _pcps_has_hr_time() or the API call mbg_dev_has_hr_time() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    The cycle counter value corresponds to a value returned by QueryPerformanceCounter() 
+    under Windows, and get_cycles() under Linux. On other operating systems the returned 
+    cycles value is always 0.
+
+    Applications should first pick up their own cycle counter value and then call 
+    this function. The difference of the cycle counter values corresponds to the 
+    latency of the call in units of the cycle counter clock frequency, e.g as reported 
+    by QueryPerformanceFrequency() under Windows.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up
+    @param *hns_latency Optional pointer to an int32_t value to return 
+              the latency in 100ns units. Pass NULL if not used.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_hr_time_comp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_HR_TIME *p, int32_t *hns_latency ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read an ::IRIG_INFO structure containing the configuration of an IRIG output
+    plus the possible settings supported by that output.
+    The macro _pcps_has_irig_tx() or the API call mbg_dev_has_irig_tx() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an ::IRIG_INFO structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_irig_tx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irig_tx_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, IRIG_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write an ::IRIG_SETTINGS structure containing the configuration of an IRIG output.
+    The macro _pcps_has_irig_tx() or the API call mbg_dev_has_irig_tx() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an ::IRIG_INFO structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_tx_info()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_irig_tx_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const IRIG_SETTINGS *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::SYNTH structure containing the configuration of an optional 
+    on-board programmable frequency synthesizer.
+    The macro _pcps_has_synth() or the API call mbg_dev_has_synth() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SYNTH structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    @see mbg_set_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth_state()
+    @see \ref group_synth
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_synth( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, SYNTH *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write a ::SYNTH structure containing the configuration of an optional 
+    on-board programmable frequency synthesizer.
+    The macro _pcps_has_synth() or the API call mbg_dev_has_synth() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SYNTH structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth_state()
+    @see \ref group_synth
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_synth( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const SYNTH *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::SYNTH_STATE structure reporting the current state 
+    of an optional on-board programmable frequency synthesizer.
+    The macro _pcps_has_synth() or the API call mbg_dev_has_synth() 
+    check whether this call is supported by a specific card.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::SYNTH_STATE structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_synth()
+    @see mbg_get_synth()
+    @see mbg_set_synth()
+    @see \ref group_synth
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_synth_state( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, SYNTH_STATE *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_...() calls.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a high resolution ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES structure via memory mapped access.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES structure to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_cycles(  MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a high resolution ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP via memory mapped access,
+    and compensate the latency of the time stamp before it is returned.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_TIME_STAMP structure to be filled up
+    @param *hns_latency Optionally receive the latency in hectonanoseconds
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_fast_hr_timestamp()
+    @see mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_fast_hr_timestamp_comp( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_TIME_STAMP *p, int32_t *hns_latency ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device is a GPS receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_gps( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device is a DCF77 receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_dcf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device is a MSF receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_msf( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device is a WWVB receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_wwvb( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device is a long wave signal receiver, e.g. DCF77, MSF or WWVB.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_lwr( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device is an IRIG receiver which supports 
+    configuration of the IRIG input.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_rx_info()
+    @see mbg_set_irig_rx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_is_irig_rx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the HR_TIME functions.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_cycles()
+    @see mbg_get_hr_time_comp()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_hr_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports configuration of antenna cable length.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_ant_cable_len()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_ant_cable_len()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_cab_len( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports timezone / daylight saving configuration 
+    using the ::TZDL structure.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tz()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports timezone / daylight saving configuration 
+    using the ::PCPS_TZDL structure.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_set_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tz()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports timezone configuration 
+    using the ::PCPS_TZCODE type.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_set_tzcode()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tz()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_tzcode( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports any kind of timezone configuration.
+    This can be used e.g. to check if a specifig dialog or menu has to 
+    be displayed. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_pcps_tzdl()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_tzcode()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_tz( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Check if a specific device supports setting an event time, i.e. 
+    configure a %UTC time when the clock shall generate an event.
+
+    <b>Note:</b> This is only supported by some special firmware.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_event_time()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_event_time( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the ::RECEIVER_INFO structure and related calls.
+    Older GPS devices may not support that structure.
+
+    The mbg_get_gps_receiver_info() call uses this call to decide whether a 
+    ::RECEIVER_INFO can be read directly from a device, or whether a default 
+    structure has to be set up using default values depending on the device type.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_receiver_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the mbg_clr_ucap_buff() call 
+    used to clear a card's on-board time capture FIFO buffer.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_can_clr_ucap_buff( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the mbg_get_ucap_entries() and
+    mbg_get_ucap_event() calls. 
+
+    If the card does not but it is a GPS card then the card provides 
+    a time capture FIFO buffer and the obsolete mbg_get_gps_ucap()
+    call can be used to retrieve entries from the FIFO buffer.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_entries()
+    @see mbg_get_ucap_event()
+    @see mbg_clr_ucap_buff()
+    @see mbg_get_gps_ucap()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_ucap( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device provides an IRIG output which can 
+    be configured.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_irig_tx_info()
+    @see mbg_set_irig_tx_settings()
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig()
+    @see \ref group_icode
+
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_irig_tx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Check if a specific device provides a serial output supporting 
+    higher baud rates than older cards, i.e. ::DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF_HS
+    rather than ::DEFAULT_BAUD_RATES_DCF. 
+
+    The mbg_get_serial_settings() takes care of this, so applications
+    which use that call as suggested won't need to use this call directly.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_serial_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_serial_hs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device provides an input signal level value which
+    may be displayed, e.g. DCF77 or IRIG cards.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_signal( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device provides an modulation signal which may be 
+    displayed, e.g. the second marks of a DCF77 AM receiver.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_mod( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device provides either an IRIG input or output.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_dev_is_irig_rx()
+    @see mbg_dev_has_irig_tx()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_irig( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device provides a configurable ref time offset
+    required to convert the received time to %UTC.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_ref_offs()
+    @see mbg_set_ref_offs()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_ref_offs( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the ::MBG_OPT_INFO/::MBG_OPT_SETTINGS 
+    structures containing optional settings, controlled by flags.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_opt_info()
+    @see mbg_set_opt_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_opt_flags( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports large configuration data structures
+    as have been introducesde with the GPS receivers. 
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_gps_data( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device provides a programmable frequency synthesizer.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_synth()
+    @see mbg_set_synth()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_synth( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /* (Intentionally excluded from Doxygen)
+    Check if a specific device supports the mbg_generic_io() call.
+
+    <b>Warning</b>: That call is for debugging purposes and internal use only!
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_generic_io()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_generic_io( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the mbg_get_asic_version() call.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_asic_version()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_asic_version( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Check if a specific device supports the mbg_get_asic_features() call.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to an int which is set 0 or != 0 unless the call fails.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_asic_features()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_dev_has_asic_features( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, int *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a ::POUT_INFO_IDX array of current settings and configuration
+    options of a card's programmable pulse outputs.
+    The function mbg_setup_receiver_info() must have been called before,
+    and the returned ::RECEIVER_INFO structure passed to this function.
+    The function should only be called if the ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out 
+    field (i.e. the number of programmable outputs on the board) is not 0.
+
+    The array passed to this function to receive the returned data 
+    must be able to hold at least ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out elements.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param pii Pointer to a an array of ::POUT_INFO_IDX structures to be filled up
+    @param *p_ri Pointer to a ::RECEIVER_INFO structure returned by mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings()
+    @see mbg_setup_receiver_info()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_gps_all_pout_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, POUT_INFO_IDX pii[], const RECEIVER_INFO *p_ri ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the configuration for a single programmable pulse output using 
+    the ::POUT_SETTINGS_IDX structure which contains both the ::POUT_SETTINGS 
+    and the output index value.
+    Except for the parameter types, this call is equivalent to 
+    mbg_set_gps_pout_settings().
+    The function should only be called if the ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out field 
+    (i.e. the number of programmable outputs on the board) is not 0, and the 
+    output index value must be in the range 0..::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::POUT_SETTINGS_IDX structure to be written
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_all_pout_info()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const POUT_SETTINGS_IDX *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Write the configuration for a single programmable pulse output using 
+    the ::POUT_SETTINGS structure plus the index of the output to be configured.
+    Except for the parameter types, this call is equivalent to 
+    mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx().
+    The function should only be called if the ::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out field 
+    (i.e. the number of programmable outputs on the board) is not 0, and the 
+    output index value must be in the range 0..::RECEIVER_INFO::n_prg_out.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::POUT_SETTINGS structure to be written
+    @param idx Index of the programmable pulse output to be configured (starting from 0 ).
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_gps_all_pout_info()
+    @see mbg_set_gps_pout_settings_idx()
+*/
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_gps_pout_settings( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, const POUT_SETTINGS *p, int idx ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read a card's IRQ status information which includes flags indicating
+    whether IRQs are currently enabled, and whether IRQ support by a card 
+    is possibly unsafe due to the firmware and interface chip version.
+
+    @param dh Valid handle to a Meinberg device
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO variable to be filled up
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_irq_stat_info( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Read the CPU affinity of a process, i.e. on which of the available 
+    CPUs the process can be executed.
+
+    @param pid The process ID.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_CPU_SET variable which contains a mask of CPUs.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_set_process_affinity()
+    @see mbg_set_current_process_affinity_to_cpu()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_process_affinity( MBG_PROCESS_ID pid, MBG_CPU_SET *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Set the CPU affinity of a process, i.e. on which of the available 
+    CPUs the process is allowed to be executed.
+
+    @param pid The process ID.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_CPU_SET variable which contains a mask of CPUs.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_get_process_affinity()
+    @see mbg_set_current_process_affinity_to_cpu()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_process_affinity( MBG_PROCESS_ID pid, MBG_CPU_SET *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Set the CPU affinity of a process for a single CPU only, i.e. the process
+    may only be executed on that single CPU.
+
+    @param pid The process ID.
+    @param cpu_num The number of the CPU.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_get_process_affinity()
+    @see mbg_set_process_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_set_current_process_affinity_to_cpu( int cpu_num ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Create a new execution thread for the current process.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure to be filled up.
+    @param fnc The name of the thread function to be started.
+    @param arg A generic argument passed to the thread function.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible()
+    @see mbg_thread_set_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_create( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti, MBG_THREAD_FNC_RET_VAL (MBG_THREAD_FNC_ATTR *fnc)(void *), void *arg ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Stop a thread which has been created by mbg_thread_create(). Wait 
+    until the thread has finished and release all resources.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure associated with the thread.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible()
+    @see mbg_thread_set_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_stop( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Let the current thread sleep for a certain interval unless a signal is
+    received indicating the thread should terminate.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure associated with the thread.
+    @param sleep_ms The number of milliseconds to sleep
+    @return 0 if the sleep interval has expired normally
+            1 if a signal to terminate has been received
+            <0 if an error has occurred
+
+    @see mbg_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_thread_set_affinity()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti, ulong sleep_ms ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Set the CPU affinity of a single thread, i.e. on which of the available 
+    CPUs the thread is allowed to be executed.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support thread affinity.
+
+    @param p_ti Pointer to a ::MBG_THREAD_INFO structure associated with the thread.
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_CPU_SET variable which contains a mask of CPUs.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by the system call.
+
+    @see mbg_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_thread_sleep_interruptible()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_thread_set_affinity( MBG_THREAD_INFO *p_ti, MBG_CPU_SET *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Set up a ::MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO structure and start a new thread 
+    which runs the mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() function.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param *p_pti Pointer to a ::MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO structure.
+    @param dh the handle of the device to be polled.
+    @param freq_hz The initial cycles frequency, if known, in Hz.
+    @param sleep_ms the sleep interval for the poll thread function in ms. 
+           If this parameter is 0 then the default sleep interval is used.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS on success,
+            ::MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_BY_DEV if the device to poll does not support HR time
+            else the result of mbg_thread_create() 
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create( MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO *p_pti, MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY freq_hz, int sleep_ms ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Stop a polling thread started by mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create() 
+    and release all associated resources.
+
+    @param *p_pti Pointer to a ::MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO structure.
+
+    @return the result of mbg_thread_stop() 
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop( MBG_POLL_THREAD_INFO *p_pti ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve a time stamp in PCPS_HR_TIME format which is extrapolated
+    using the system's current cycles counter value and a time stamp 
+    plus associated cycles counter value saved by the polling thread.
+    See mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() for details and limitations.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_XHRT_INFO structure used to retrieve data from the polling thread.
+    @param *p_hrt Pointer to a ::PCPS_HR_TIME structure to be filled up.
+
+    @return MBG_SUCCESS or another return value from the polling thread's IOCTL call.
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time( MBG_XHRT_INFO *p, PCPS_HR_TIME *p_hrt ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve a time stamp in FILETIME format which is extrapolated
+    using the system's current cycles counter value and a time stamp 
+    plus associated cycles counter value saved by the polling thread.
+    See mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() for details and limitations.
+    Since FILETIME is a Windows specific type this function is only 
+    implemented under Windows.
+
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_XHRT_INFO structure used to retrieve data from the polling thread.
+    @param *p_ft Pointer to a ::FILETIME structure to be filled up.
+
+    @return MBG_SUCCESS or another return value from the polling thread's IOCTL call.
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime( MBG_XHRT_INFO *p, FILETIME *p_ft ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve the frequency of the system's cycles counter as determined
+    by the device polling thread.
+    See mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc() for details and limitations.
+    This function is only implemented for targets which support threads.
+
+    @param *p Pointer to a ::MBG_XHRT_INFO structure used to retrieve data from the polling thread.
+    @param *p_freq_hz Pointer to a ::MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY variable in which the frequency is returned.
+    @return a status code from the polling thread: MBG_SUCCESS or an IOCTL error code.
+
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_fnc()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_create()
+    @see mbg_xhrt_poll_thread_stop()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_pcps_hr_time()
+    @see mbg_get_xhrt_time_as_filetime()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_xhrt_cycles_frequency( MBG_XHRT_INFO *p, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY *p_freq_hz ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve the default system's cycles counter frequency from the kernel driver. 
+
+    @param dh handle of the device to which the IOCTL call is sent.
+    @param *p Pointer of a ::MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY variable to be filled up.
+
+    @return ::MBG_SUCCESS or error code returned by device I/O control function.
+
+    @see mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY *p ) ;
+
+ /**
+    Retrieve the default system's cycles counter frequency. 
+    This may not be supported on all taget platforms, in which case the
+    returned frequency is 0 and the mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev()
+    call should be used.
+
+    @param dh handle of the device to which the IOCTL call is sent.
+    @param *p Pointer of a ::MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY variable to be filled up.
+
+    @return the default cycles counter frequency in Hz, or 0 if the value is not available.
+
+    @see mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency()
+  */
+ _MBG_API_ATTR MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY _MBG_API mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency( void ) ;
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_I386 )
+
+  static __mbg_inline unsigned long long int mbg_rdtscll( void )
+  {
+    // The code below is a hack to get around issues with
+    // different versions of gcc.
+    //
+    // Normally the inline asm code could look similar to:
+    //
+    //     __asm__ volatile ( "rdtsc" : "=A" (x) )
+    //
+    // which would copy the output regs edx:eax as a 64 bit
+    // number to a variable x.
+    //
+    // The "=A" expression should implicitely tell the compiler
+    // the edx and eax registers have been clobbered. However,
+    // this does not seem to work properly at least with gcc 4.1.2
+    // shipped with Centos 5.
+    //
+    // If optimization level 1 or higher is used then function
+    // parameters are also passed in registers. If the inline
+    // code above is used inside a function then the edx register
+    // is clobbered but the gcc 4.1.2 is not aware of this and
+    // assumes edx is unchanged, which may yield faulty results
+    // or even lead to segmentation faults.
+    //
+    // A possible workaround could be to mark edx explicitely as
+    // being clobbered in the asm inline code, but unfortunately
+    // other gcc versions report an error if a register which is
+    // implicitely (by "=A") known to be clobbered is also listed
+    // explicitely to be clobbered.
+    //
+    // So the code below is a workaround which tells the compiler
+    // implicitely that the eax ("=a") and edx ("=d") registers
+    // are being used and thus clobbered.
+
+    union
+    {
+      struct
+      {
+        uint32_t lo;
+        uint32_t hi;
+      } u32;
+
+      uint64_t u64;
+
+    } tsc_val;
+
+    __asm__ __volatile__( "rdtsc" : "=a" (tsc_val.u32.lo), "=d" (tsc_val.u32.hi) );
+
+    return tsc_val.u64;
+
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_init_pc_cycles_frequency( MBG_DEV_HANDLE dh, MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY *p )
+{
+  if ( *p == 0 )
+    mbg_get_default_cycles_frequency_from_dev( dh, p );
+
+}  // mbg_init_pc_cycles_frequency
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void mbg_get_pc_cycles( MBG_PC_CYCLES *p )
+{
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+    QueryPerformanceCounter( (LARGE_INTEGER *) p );
+  #elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX ) && defined( MBG_ARCH_I386 )
+    *p = mbg_rdtscll();
+  #else
+    *p = 0;
+  #endif
+}  // mbg_get_pc_cycles
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+MBG_PC_CYCLES mbg_delta_pc_cycles( const MBG_PC_CYCLES *p1, const MBG_PC_CYCLES *p2 )
+{
+  return *p1 - *p2;
+
+}  // mbg_delta_pc_cycles
+
+
+
+#if MBG_TGT_HAS_64BIT_TYPES
+
+static __mbg_inline
+uint64_t pcps_time_stamp_to_uint64( const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *ts )
+{
+  return ( ( (uint64_t) ts->sec ) << 32 ) + ts->frac;
+
+}  // pcps_time_stamp_to_uint64
+
+
+
+static __mbg_inline
+void uint64_to_pcps_time_stamp( PCPS_TIME_STAMP *ts, uint64_t n )
+{
+  ts->sec = (uint32_t) ( n >> 32 );
+  ts->frac = (uint32_t) ( n & 0xFFFFFFFFUL );
+
+}  // uint64_to_pcps_time_stamp
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )   // set default alignment
+  #pragma pack()
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#endif  /* _MBGDEVIO_H */
+
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/mbgerror.h b/c/mbglib/include/mbgerror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f51636c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/mbgerror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgerror.h 1.4 2008/12/05 13:28:50Z martin REL_M $
+ *  $Name: $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Error codes used with Meinberg devices and drivers.
+ *    The codes can be translated into an OS dependent error code.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgerror.h $
+ *  Revision 1.4  2008/12/05 13:28:50Z  martin
+ *  Added new code MBG_ERR_IRQ_UNSAFE.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2008/02/26 14:50:14Z  daniel
+ *  Added codes:
+ *  MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_ON_OS, MBG_ERR_LIB_NOT_COMPATIBLE,
+ *  MBG_ERR_N_COM_EXCEEDS_SUPP, MBG_ERR_N_STR_EXCEEDS_SUPP
+ *  Added doxygen compatible comments.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2007/09/27 07:26:22Z  martin
+ *  Define STATUS_SUCCESS for Windows if not in kernel mode.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2007/09/26 08:08:54Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGERROR_H
+#define _MBGERROR_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+
+#ifdef _MBGERROR
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+/** 
+  @defgroup group_error_codes Error codes
+
+  Error codes used with Meinberg devices and drivers.
+  The codes will be translated into an OS dependent error code,
+  when they are returned to the calling function.
+
+  For Windows, these codes are made positive and or'ed with 0xE0000000 afterwards.
+
+  Example: Code -19 (#MBG_ERR_GENERIC) will be converted to 0xE0000013 under Windows.
+ 
+  @{
+*/
+
+// Attention!!
+// These error codes below must fit exactly to the corresponding codes that are evaluated in user space.
+// For Windows, they are located in messages.mc/.h in mbgsvctl.dll
+
+#define MBG_SUCCESS     PCPS_SUCCESS      /**<  0, no error */
+
+// The codes below are defined in pcpsdefs.h and returned by the firmware:
+#define MBG_ERR_STIME   PCPS_ERR_STIME    /**< -1, invalid date/time/status passed */
+#define MBG_ERR_CFG     PCPS_ERR_CFG      /**< -2, invalid parms with a PCPS_CFG_GROUP cmd */
+
+// Codes returned by the driver's low level functions:
+#define MBG_ERR_GENERIC             -19   /**< Generic error */
+#define MBG_ERR_TIMEOUT             -20   /**< Timeout accessing the board */
+#define MBG_ERR_FW_ID               -21   /**< Invalid firmware ID */
+#define MBG_ERR_NBYTES              -22   /**< The number of parameter bytes 
+                                               passed to the board did not match 
+                                               the number of bytes expected. */
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_TIME            -23   /**< The device's time is not valid */
+#define MBG_ERR_FIFO                -24   /**< The device's FIFO is empty, though
+                                               it shouldn't be */
+#define MBG_ERR_NOT_READY           -25   /**< Board is temporary unable to respond
+                                               (during initialization after RESET) */
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_TYPE            -26   /**< Board did not recognize data type */
+
+
+// Codes returned by the driver's high level functions:
+#define MBG_ERR_NO_MEM              -27  /**< Failed to allocate memory */
+#define MBG_ERR_CLAIM_RSRC          -28  /**< Failed to claim port or mem resource */
+#define MBG_ERR_DEV_NOT_SUPP        -29  /**< Specified device type not supported by driver */
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_DEV_REQUEST     -30  /**< IOCTL call not supported by driver */
+#define MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_BY_DEV     -31  /**< Cmd or feature not supported by device */
+#define MBG_ERR_USB_ACCESS          -32  /**< USB access failed */
+#define MBG_ERR_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT      -33  /**< Cyclic event (IRQ, etc.) didn't occur */
+#define MBG_ERR_NOT_SUPP_ON_OS      -34  /**< The function is not supported on this operating system */
+#define MBG_ERR_LIB_NOT_COMPATIBLE  -35  /**< The installed version of the DLL/shared object is not 
+                                              compatible with version used to build the application */
+#define MBG_ERR_N_COM_EXCEEDS_SUPP  -36  /**< The number of COM ports provided by the device 
+                                              exceeds the maximum supported by the driver  */
+#define MBG_ERR_N_STR_EXCEEDS_SUPP  -37  /**< The number of string formats supported by the device 
+                                              exceeds the maximum supported by the driver  */
+#define MBG_ERR_IRQ_UNSAFE          -38  /**< The enabled IRQs are unsafe with this firmware/ASIC version  */
+
+
+// Codes used with DOS TSRs only:
+#define MBG_ERR_INV_INTNO           -40  /**< Invalid interrupt number */
+#define MBG_ERR_NO_DRIVER           -41  /**< A driver could not be found */
+#define MBG_ERR_DRV_VERSION         -42  /**< The driver is too old */
+
+/** @} */ // endgroup
+
+// Depending on the operating system, the codes above have to be converted before
+// they are sent up to user space
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+  #if !defined( STATUS_SUCCESS )  // not in kernel mode
+    #define STATUS_SUCCESS  0
+  #endif
+
+  #define _mbg_err_to_os( _c ) \
+  ( ( _c == MBG_SUCCESS ) ?  STATUS_SUCCESS : ( abs( _c ) | 0xE0000000 ) )
+#endif
+
+
+// If no specific conversion has been defined 
+// then use the original codes.
+#if !defined( _mbg_err_to_os )
+  #define _mbg_err_to_os( _c )   ( _c )
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+/* (no header definitions found) */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _MBGERROR_H */
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/mbggeo.h b/c/mbglib/include/mbggeo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca6414d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/mbggeo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbggeo.h 1.10 2008/09/03 14:54:28Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions and prototypes for mbggeo.c.
+ *
+ *  Terms used:
+ *
+ *     WGS84   world geodetic system of 1984
+ *
+ *     XYZ     WGS84 earth centered, earth fixed (ECEF) kartesian
+ *             coordinates
+ *
+ *     LLA     longitude, latitude, altitude depending on the reference
+ *             ellipsoid used.
+ *
+ *     DMS     degrees, minutes, seconds
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbggeo.h $
+ *  Revision 1.10  2008/09/03 14:54:28Z  martin
+ *  Added macros to swap endianess of structures.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2008/01/17 09:31:33  daniel
+ *  Made comments compatible for doxygen parser.
+ *  No sourcecode changes.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2004/11/09 14:16:00Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2003/02/14 13:23:04Z  martin
+ *  Omit inclusion of mystd.h.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2003/01/13 15:17:15  martin
+ *  Structures were defined with default alignment which 
+ *  could result in different data sizes on different platforms.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2002/12/18 14:46:41Z  martin
+ *  Removed variable USER_POS meinberg.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2002/12/12 12:04:25Z  martin
+ *  Moved some definitions here.
+ *  Use standard file format.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGGEO_H
+#define _MBGGEO_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+#ifdef _MBGGEO
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )   // set byte alignment
+  #pragma pack( 1 )
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ Geographic longitude or latitude in [degrees, minutes, seconds] 
+ longitude East latitude North and positve, South or West angles negative
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t prefix;  /**< 'N', 'E', 'S' or 'W' */
+  uint16_t deg;     /**< [0...90 (lat) or 0...180 (lon)] */
+  uint16_t min;     /**< [0...59] */
+  double sec;       /**< [0...59.999] */
+} DMS;
+
+// The corresponding macro _mbg_swab_dms() is defined in gpsdefs.h.
+#define _mbg_swab_dms( _p )        \
+{                                  \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->prefix );    \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->deg );       \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->min );       \
+  _mbg_swab_double( &(_p)->sec );  \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  XYZ xyz;           /**< always WGS84 ECEF coordinates */
+  LLA lla;           /**< depending on the ellipsoid used for reference */
+  DMS longitude;     /**< longitude in degrees, minutes, seconds */
+  DMS latitude;      /**< latitude in degrees, minutes, seconds */
+  int16_t ellipsoid; /**< ellipsoid used for reference */
+} POS;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pos( _p )           \
+{                                     \
+  _mbg_swab_xyz( (_p)->xyz );         \
+  _mbg_swab_lla( (_p)->lla );         \
+  _mbg_swab_dms( &(_p)->longitude );  \
+  _mbg_swab_dms( &(_p)->latitude );   \
+  _mbg_swab16( &(_p)->ellipsoid );    \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;        /* checksum of the remaining bytes */
+  int16_t valid;    /* flag data are valid */
+
+  char name[40];
+  POS pos;          /* the position in WGS84 ECEF coords and LLA */
+  double det;
+
+
+/* The components below hold the results of intermediate terms */
+/* computed in complete_user_pos(). */
+
+/* The sin.., cos.., nt.. and ut.. variables are used to compute the */
+/* enu_dcos[] parameters of a SV structure in xyz_to_ead(). */
+
+/* The e_radius.. variables are used to compute the latitude, longitude */
+/* and altitude from ECEF coordinates in lla_to_xyz(). */
+
+  double sin_lat;        /* sin( latitude ) */
+  double cos_lat;        /* cos( latitude ) */
+  double sin_lon;        /* sin( longitude ) */
+  double cos_lon;        /* cos( longitude ) */
+
+  double nt1;            /* -sin_lat * cos_lon */
+  double nt2;            /* -sin_lat * sin_lon */
+  double utx;            /*  cos_lat * cos_lon */
+  double uty;            /*  cos_lat * sin_lon */
+
+  double e_radius;       /* N */
+  double e_radius_alt;   /* N + h */
+
+} USER_POS;
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  CSUM csum;        /* checksum of the remaining bytes */
+  int16_t valid;    /* flag data are valid */
+
+  char name[40];
+  XYZ dxyz;            /* offset from the WGS84 ECEF coords */
+  double a;            /* semi major axis */
+  double rcp_f;        /* reciproke of flatness */
+
+/* the variables below will be computed in the init_mbggeo() function: */
+
+  double f;            /* flatness */
+  double b;            /* semi minor axis */
+  double sqr_e;        /* square of numerical eccentricity */
+} ELLIPSOID;
+
+
+
+enum { WGS84, BESSEL, N_ELLIPSOIDS };
+
+_ext ELLIPSOID ellipsoid[N_ELLIPSOIDS]
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = { { 0, 0,
+       "WGS 84",
+       { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 },
+       6378137.0,
+       298.257223563
+     },
+
+     { 0, 0,
+       "Bessel",
+       { -128.0, 481.0, 664.0 },
+       6377397.0,
+       299.15
+     }
+
+   }
+#endif
+;
+
+
+/* WGS84 constants used */
+
+_ext double OMEGADOTe   /* earth's rotation rate  [rad/sec] */
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 7.2921151467e-5
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext double mue         /* earth's gravitational constant  [m^3/sec^2] */
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 3.986005e14
+#endif
+;
+
+
+
+_ext double vr_to_doppler;
+
+
+_ext double gps_pi
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 3.1415926535898
+#endif
+;
+
+_ext double gps_c0
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 2.99792458e8
+#endif
+;
+
+
+#ifndef PI
+  #define PI 3.1415926535897932
+#endif
+
+
+_ext double pi
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+ = PI
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext double r2d
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = 180.0 / PI
+#endif
+;
+
+
+_ext double d2r
+#ifdef _DO_INIT
+  = PI / 180.0
+#endif
+;
+
+
+/* variables for simplifying computations */
+
+_ext double gps_two_pi;
+_ext double sqrt_mue;         /* sqrt( mue )  */
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ void dms_to_rad( const DMS *dms, double *rad ) ;
+ void rad_to_dms( const double *rad, DMS *dms, const char prefix ) ;
+ void dms_to_lla( POS *pos ) ;
+ void lla_to_dms( POS *pos ) ;
+ void lla_to_xyz( USER_POS *pos ) ;
+ void xyz_to_lla( POS *pos, void (*cyclic_func)( void ) ) ;
+ void dms_to_xyz( USER_POS *pos ) ;
+ void setup_user_pos_from_dms( USER_POS *user ) ;
+ void setup_user_pos_from_lla( USER_POS *user ) ;
+ void setup_user_pos_from_xyz( USER_POS *user, void (*cyclic_func)( void ) ) ;
+ double distance( XYZ xyz_1, XYZ xyz_2 ) ;
+ void init_mbggeo( void ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )   // set default alignment
+  #pragma pack()
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _MBGGEO_H */
+
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/mbgutil.h b/c/mbglib/include/mbgutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b821f1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/mbgutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: mbgutil.h 1.13 2009/01/12 09:35:41Z daniel REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions used with mbgutil.c.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: mbgutil.h $
+ *  Revision 1.13  2009/01/12 09:35:41Z  daniel
+ *  New version code 303, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/01/17 10:15:26Z  daniel
+ *  New version code 302, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2007/10/16 10:01:17Z  daniel
+ *  New version code 301, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2007/03/21 16:48:31Z  martin
+ *  New version code 219, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2006/08/09 13:18:18Z  martin
+ *  New version code 218, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2006/06/08 10:48:52Z  martin
+ *  New version code 217, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Added macro _mbg_strncpy().
+ *  Revision 1.6  2006/05/10 10:56:54Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2006/05/02 13:24:49Z  martin
+ *  New version code 216, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2006/01/11 12:24:05Z  martin
+ *  New version code 215, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2005/12/15 10:01:51Z  martin
+ *  New version 214, compatibility version still 110.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2005/02/18 15:13:42Z  martin
+ *  Updated function prototypes.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2005/02/18 10:39:49Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MBGUTIL_H
+#define _MBGUTIL_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+#include <pcpsdefs.h>
+#include <mbggeo.h>
+#include <pci_asic.h>
+
+
+#define MBGUTIL_VERSION         0x0303
+
+#define MBGUTIL_COMPAT_VERSION  0x0110
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  #include <windows.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_OS2 )
+
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+
+  #if !defined( MBG_USE_DOS_TSR )
+  #endif
+
+#else
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MBGUTIL
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )      // set byte alignment
+  #pragma pack( 1 )
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_OS2 )
+
+#else
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// The macro below can be used to simplify the API call if
+// a string variable is used rather than a char *.
+#define _mbg_strncpy( _s, _src ) \
+  mbg_strncpy( _s, sizeof( _s ), _src )
+
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbgutil_get_version( void ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbgutil_check_version( int header_version ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_snprintf( char *s, size_t max_len, const char * fmt, ... ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_strncpy( char *s, size_t max_len, const char *src ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_strchar( char *s, size_t max_len, char c, size_t n ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_date_short( char *s, int max_len,  int mday, int month ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_date( char *s, int max_len,  int mday, int month, int year ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_time_short( char *s, int max_len,  int hour, int min ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_time( char *s, int max_len, int hour, int min, int sec ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_time_long( char *s, int max_len, int hour, int min, int sec, int sec100 ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_tm_gps_date_time( char *s, int max_len, const TM_GPS *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_date_short( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_date( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_time_short( char *s, int max_len, const PCPS_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_time( char *s, int max_len, const PCPS_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_time_long( char *s, int max_len, const PCPS_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_date_time( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_TIME *pt,  const char *tz_str ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_date( char *s, int max_len,  uint32_t sec ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_time( char *s, int max_len,  uint32_t sec ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_date_time_utc( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_HR_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_date_time_loc( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_HR_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_time_frac( char *s, int max_len,  uint32_t frac ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_time_offs( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_HR_TIME *pt, const char *info ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_tstamp_utc( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_HR_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_tstamp_loc( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_HR_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_tstamp_raw( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_TIME_STAMP *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pcps_hr_time_raw( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_HR_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_ucap( char *s, int max_len,  const PCPS_HR_TIME *pt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pos_dms( char *s, int max_len,  const DMS *pdms, int prec ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pos_alt( char *s, int max_len, double alt ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_pos( char *s, int max_len,  const POS *ppos, int prec ) ;
+ _MBG_API_ATTR int _MBG_API mbg_str_dev_name( char *s, int max_len, const char *short_name,  uint16_t fw_rev_num, PCI_ASIC_VERSION asic_version_num ) ;
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )   // set default alignment
+  #pragma pack()
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _MBGUTIL_H */
+
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/pci_asic.h b/c/mbglib/include/pci_asic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7bf3a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/pci_asic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pci_asic.h 1.13 2008/12/05 12:28:18Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions for the Meinberg PCI interface ASIC.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pci_asic.h $
+ *  Revision 1.13  2008/12/05 12:28:18Z  martin
+ *  Modified syntax of macro _convert_asic_version_number().
+ *  Added macros to deal with the ASIC version number.
+ *  Added definition PCI_ASIC_HAS_PGMB_IRQ.
+ *  Added ASIC revision numbers for PEX511, TCR511PEX, and GPS170PEX 
+ *  which fix an IRQ bug with these cards.
+ *  Added definitions for PTP270PEX, FRC511PEX, and TCR170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.12  2008/07/21 10:30:00Z  martin
+ *  Added macros to convert the endianess of data types.
+ *  Added PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_... symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2008/06/11 09:49:43  martin
+ *  Added definitions and comments how to handle version numbers
+ *  of the PCI and PEX interface chips and EPLDs.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2008/02/29 15:21:48Z  martin
+ *  Added definition PCI_ASIC_HAS_MM_IO.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2008/01/17 09:51:05  daniel
+ *  Added macro _convert_asic_version_number().
+ *  Cleanup for PCI ASIC version and features.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2006/06/14 12:59:12Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2006/03/10 10:47:03  martin
+ *  Added support for PCI511.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2005/11/03 15:30:44Z  martin
+ *  Added support for GPS170PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2004/11/09 12:51:56Z  martin
+ *  Redefined fixed width data types using standard C99 types.
+ *  Defined some constants unsigned.
+ *  Revision 1.4  2004/10/14 15:01:23  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR167PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2003/05/13 14:38:55Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added ushort fields to unions PCI_ASIC_REG and 
+ *  PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2003/04/03 10:56:38  martin
+ *  Use unions for registers.
+ *  Modified BADR0 initializer due to fixed size of address decoder.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2003/02/07 11:42:52  MARTIN
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCI_ASIC_H
+#define _PCI_ASIC_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+#include <words.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )      // set byte alignment
+  #pragma pack( 1 )
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _PCI_ASIC
+ #define _ext
+ #define _DO_INIT
+#else
+ #define _ext extern
+#endif
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t cfg_class_rev_id;
+  uint16_t cfg_badr_0;
+  uint16_t cfg_dev_id;
+} PCI_ASIC_CFG;
+
+
+typedef union
+{
+  uint32_t ul;
+  uint16_t us[2];
+  uint8_t b[4];
+} PCI_ASIC_REG;
+
+
+typedef uint32_t PCI_ASIC_VERSION;
+#define _mbg_swab_asic_version( _p )   _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+typedef uint32_t PCI_ASIC_FEATURES;
+#define _mbg_swab_asic_features( _p )  _mbg_swab32( _p )
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_HAS_MM_IO     0x0001
+#define PCI_ASIC_HAS_PGMB_IRQ  0x0002
+
+
+typedef union
+{
+  uint32_t ul[4];
+  uint16_t us[8];
+  uint8_t b[16];
+} PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCI_ASIC_CFG cfg;             // writeable from add-on once after power-up
+  PCI_ASIC_VERSION raw_version;
+  PCI_ASIC_FEATURES features;
+  PCI_ASIC_REG status_port;
+  PCI_ASIC_REG control_status;     // codes defined below
+  PCI_ASIC_REG pci_data;           // pass byte from PCI bus to add-on
+  PCI_ASIC_REG reserved_1;
+
+  PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA addon_data;  // returns data from add-on to PCI bus
+  PCI_ASIC_ADDON_DATA reserved_2;  // currently not implemented
+} PCI_ASIC;
+
+
+// The following bits are used with the control_status register.
+// All other bits are reserved for future use.
+
+// The IRQ flag for the add-on side is set whenever data is
+// written to the cmd register. It is cleared if the add-on
+// microcontroller writes this bit back to the control_status
+// register. If the bit is set, the add-on signals /ADD_ON_IRQ
+// and ADD_ON_BUSY are asserted.
+#define PCI_ASIC_ADD_ON_IRQF   0x00000001UL
+
+// The IRQ flag for the PCI bus is set whenever the add-on
+// microcontroller asserts the ASIC's /PCI_IRQ line, or the
+// add-on microcontroller sets this bit to 1. It is cleared
+// if this bit is written back from the PCI side. If the bit
+// is set, an IRQ is asserted on the PCI bus.
+#define PCI_ASIC_PCI_IRQF      0x00010000UL
+
+
+// The ASIC's address decoder always decodes 8 bits, so
+// each device must request at least that number of
+// addresses from the PCI BIOS:
+#define PCI_ASIC_ADDR_RANGE    0x100U
+
+
+// Initializers for device configurations
+
+#define PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE   0x08800000UL
+#define PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT   ( ~( PCI_ASIC_ADDR_RANGE - 1 ) | 0x01 )
+
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_PCI510          \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_PCI510 )         \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_GPS169PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_GPS169PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_TCR510PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_TCR510PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_TCR167PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_TCR167PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_GPS170PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_GPS170PCI )      \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_PCI511          \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_PCI511 )         \
+}
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CFG_TCR511PCI       \
+{                                    \
+  _hilo_32( PCPS_DEV_CLASS_CODE ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_ASIC_BADR0_INIT ),   \
+  _hilo_16( PCI_DEV_TCR511PCI )      \
+}
+
+/*
+  Handling of the version numbers of the PCI interface 
+  chips has changed between the ASICs used for standard PCI
+  and the EPLDs used to configure the PEX8311 chip 
+  for a specific device.
+
+  The macro below can be used to convert both types 
+  of version number into the same format so that the
+  version numbers can be handled in the same way:
+*/
+#define _convert_asic_version_number( _n ) \
+  ( ( (_n) < 0x100 ) ? ( (_n) << 8 ) : (_n) )
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Macros to extract the major and minor part of an ASIC version number */
+
+#define _pcps_asic_version_major( _v ) \
+  ( ( (_v) >> 8 ) & 0xFF )
+
+#define _pcps_asic_version_minor( _v ) \
+  ( (_v) & 0xFF )
+
+
+/*
+ * Macros to check whether a version number is correct 
+ * and matches a required minimum version
+ */
+#define _pcps_asic_version_greater_equal( _v, _v_major, _v_minor ) \
+  (                                                                \
+    ( _pcps_asic_version_major( _v ) == (_v_major) ) &&            \
+    ( _pcps_asic_version_minor( _v ) >= (_v_minor) )               \
+  )
+
+
+/*
+  The low byte of the converted version number is handled 
+  as a minor version, whereas the remaining upper bytes are
+  interpreted as a major number which may be specific 
+  for a device.
+*/
+enum
+{
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PCI_0,      // PCI ASIC with CRC bug
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PCI_1,      // fixed version of PCI ASIC
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PEX511,     // PEX EPLD for PEX_511
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_GPS170PEX,  // PEX EPLD for GPS170PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR511PEX,  // PEX EPLD for TCR511PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_PTP270PEX,  // PEX EPLD for PTP270PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_FRC511PEX,  // PEX EPLD for FRC511PEX
+  PCI_ASIC_MAJOR_TCR170PEX,  // PEX EPLD for TCR170PEX
+  N_PCI_ASIC_MAJOR           // the number of known codes
+};
+
+/*
+  The minor number increases when a new EPLD image is released.
+  At least EPLD images with the following "required minor" numbers 
+  should be installed for proper operation. The "current minor" 
+  numbers can be used to check if a newer EPLD image is available:
+*/
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PEX511      0x04
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PEX511     0x03
+#define PCI_ASIC_HRT_FIX_MINOR_PEX511      0x04     // increases HRT accuracy
+#define PCI_ASIC_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_PEX511      0x03     // fixes IRQ problem
+#define PCI_ASIC_HR_TIME_MINOR_PEX511      0x02     // supports HR time with PEX511
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_GPS170PEX   0x04
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_GPS170PEX  0x03
+#define PCI_ASIC_HRT_FIX_MINOR_PEX511      0x04     // increases MM HRT accuracy
+#define PCI_ASIC_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_GPS170PEX   0x03     // fixes IRQ problem
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR511PEX   0x03
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR511PEX  0x03
+#define PCI_ASIC_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_TCR511PEX   0x03     // fixes IRQ problem, increases HRT accuracy
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_PTP270PEX   0x01
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_PTP270PEX  0x01
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_FRC511PEX   0x01
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_FRC511PEX  0x01
+
+#define PCI_ASIC_CURRENT_MINOR_TCR170PEX   0x01
+#define PCI_ASIC_REQUIRED_MINOR_TCR170PEX  0x01
+
+
+/* function prototypes: */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* ----- function prototypes begin ----- */
+
+/* This section was generated automatically */
+/* by MAKEHDR, do not remove the comments. */
+
+/* (no header definitions found) */
+
+/* ----- function prototypes end ----- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )      // set default alignment
+  #pragma pack()
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+#undef _DO_INIT
+
+#endif  /* _PCI_ASIC_H */
+
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/pcpsdev.h b/c/mbglib/include/pcpsdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b065d46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/pcpsdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,945 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: pcpsdev.h 1.39 2008/12/05 16:24:24Z martin REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions used to share information on radio clock devices
+ *    between device drivers which have direct access to the hardware
+ *    devices and user space programs which evaluate and present that
+ *    information.
+ *
+ *    At the bottom of the file there are some macros defined which
+ *    should be used to access the structures to extract characteristics
+ *    of an individual clock.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: pcpsdev.h $
+ *  Revision 1.39  2008/12/05 16:24:24Z  martin
+ *  Changed MAX_PARM_STR_TYPE from 10 to 20.
+ *  Added support for WWVB signal source.
+ *  Support new devices PTP270PEX, FRC511PEX, TCR170PEX, and WWVB51USB.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_is_ptp(), _pcps_is_frc(), and _pcps_is_wwvb().
+ *  Defined firmware version numbers which fix an IRQ problem with PEX511,
+ *  TCR511PEX, and GPS170PEX cards. The fix also requires specific ASIC
+ *  versions specified in pci_asic.h.
+ *  Defined firmware versions at which PCI511 and PEX511 start 
+ *  to support HR time.
+ *  Support mapped I/O resources.
+ *  Changed MBG_PC_CYCLES type for Windows to int64_t.
+ *  Renamed MBG_VIRT_ADDR to MBG_MEM_ADDR.
+ *  Added MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY type.
+ *  Added definition of PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES.
+ *  Added PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO type and associated flags.
+ *  Added macros to convert the endianess of structures.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_fw_rev_num_major() and _pcps_fw_rev_num_minor().
+ *  Made irq_num signed to use -1 for unassigned IRQ numbers.
+ *  Revision 1.38  2008/01/17 10:12:34  daniel
+ *  Added support for TCR51USB and MSF51USB.
+ *  New type MBG_VIRT_ADDR to specify virtual address values.
+ *  New struct PCPS_MAPPED_MEM
+ *  Cleanup for PCI ASIC version and features.
+ *  Added macros _pcps_is_msf(), _pcps_is_lwr(),
+ *  _psps_has_asic_version(), _pcps_has_asic_features().
+ *  Revision 1.37  2008/01/17 09:58:11Z  daniel
+ *  Made comments compatible for doxygen parser.
+ *  No sourcecode changes.  
+ *  Revision 1.36  2007/09/26 09:34:38Z  martin
+ *  Added support for USB in general and new USB device USB5131.
+ *  Added new types PCPS_DEV_ID and PCPS_REF_TYPE.
+ *  Removed old PCPS_ERR_... codes. Use MBG_ERR_... codes 
+ *  from mbgerror.h instead. The old values haven't changed.
+ *  Revision 1.35  2007/07/17 08:22:47Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PEX and GPS170PEX.
+ *  Revision 1.34  2007/07/16 12:50:41Z  martin
+ *  Added support for PEX511.
+ *  Modified/renamed some macros and symbols.
+ *  Revision 1.33  2007/03/02 09:40:04Z  martin
+ *  Changes due to renamed library symbols.
+ *  Removed obsolete inclusion of headers.
+ *  Preliminary support for *BSD.
+ *  Preliminary support for USB.
+ *  Revision 1.32  2006/10/23 08:47:55Z  martin
+ *  Don't use abs() in _pcps_ref_offs_out_of_range() since this might 
+ *  not work properly for 16 bit integers and value 0x8000.
+ *  Revision 1.31  2006/06/14 12:59:13Z  martin
+ *  Added support for TCR511PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.30  2006/04/05 14:58:41  martin
+ *  Support higher baud rates for PCI511.
+ *  Revision 1.29  2006/04/03 07:29:07Z  martin
+ *  Added a note about the missing PCPS_ST_IRQF signal 
+ *  on PCI510 cards. 
+ *  Revision 1.28  2006/03/10 10:32:56Z  martin
+ *  Added support for PCI511.
+ *  Added support for programmable pulse outputs.
+ *  Revision 1.27  2005/11/04 08:48:00Z  martin
+ *  Added support for GPS170PCI.
+ *  Revision 1.26  2005/06/02 08:34:38Z  martin
+ *  New types MBG_DBG_PORT, MBG_DBG_DATA.
+ *  Revision 1.25  2005/05/03 10:04:14  martin
+ *  Added macro _pcps_is_pci_amcc().
+ *  Revision 1.24  2005/03/29 12:58:19Z  martin
+ *  Support GENERIC_IO feature.
+ *  Revision 1.23  2004/12/09 11:03:37Z  martin
+ *  Support configuration of on-board frequency synthesizer.
+ *  Revision 1.22  2004/11/09 12:57:52Z  martin
+ *  Redefined interface data types using C99 fixed-size definitions.
+ *  Added support for TCR167PCI.
+ *  New macro _pcps_has_gps_data().
+ *  New type PCPS_STATUS_PORT.
+ *  Removed obsolete inclusion of asm/timex.h for Linux.
+ *  Revision 1.21  2004/09/06 15:19:49Z  martin
+ *  Support a GPS_DATA interface where sizes are specified 
+ *  by 16 instead of the original 8 bit quantities, thus allowing 
+ *  to transfer data blocks which exceed 255 bytes.
+ *  Modified inclusion of header files under Linux.
+ *  Modified definition of MBG_PC_CYCLES for Linux.
+ *  Revision 1.20  2004/04/14 09:09:11  martin
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Revision 1.19  2004/04/07 09:49:14Z  martin
+ *  Support new feature PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX.
+ *  New macros _pcps_has_irig(), _pcps_has_irig_tx().
+ *  Revision 1.18  2004/01/14 11:02:14Z  MARTIN
+ *  Added formal type MBG_PC_CYCLES for OS/2,
+ *  though it's not really required or used.
+ *  Revision 1.17  2003/12/22 15:40:16  martin
+ *  Support higher baud rates for TCR510PCI and PCI510.
+ *  Supports PCPS_HR_TIME for TCR510PCI.
+ *  New structures used to read device time together with associated
+ *  PC CPU cycles.
+ *  For Win32, differentiate between kernel mode and non-kernel mode.
+ *  Moved some definitions here from mbgdevio.h.
+ *  New type PCPS_ASIC_VERSION.
+ *  New macro _pcps_ref_offs_out_of_range().
+ *  Revision 1.16  2003/06/19 09:48:30Z  MARTIN
+ *  Renamed symbols ..clr_cap_buffer to ..clr_ucap_buffer.
+ *  New macro _pcps_has_ucap().
+ *  New definitions to support cmds PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES
+ *  and PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT.
+ *  Revision 1.15  2003/04/15 09:57:25  martin
+ *  New typedefs ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO, ALL_PORT_INFO,
+ *  RECEIVER_PORT_CFG.
+ *  Revision 1.14  2003/04/09 14:07:01Z  martin
+ *  Supports PCI510, GPS169PCI, and TCR510PCI,
+ *  and new PCI_ASIC used by those devices.
+ *  Renamed macro _pcps_is_irig() to _pcps_is_irig_rx().
+ *  New macros _pcps_has_ref_offs(), _pcps_has_opt_flags().
+ *  Fixed macro _pcps_has_hr_time().
+ *  New type PCPS_BUS_FLAGS.
+ *  Preliminary support for PCPS_TZDL.
+ *  Revision 1.13  2002/08/09 07:19:49  MARTIN
+ *  Moved definition of ref time sources to pcpsdefs.h.
+ *  New feature PCPS_CAN_CLR_CAP_BUFF and
+ *  associated macro _pcps_can_clr_cap_buff().
+ *  New macros _pcps_is_irig(), _pcps_has_signal(),
+ *  _pcps_has_mod().
+ *  Revision 1.12  2002/02/19 09:22:53  MARTIN
+ *  Added definitions for the maximum number of clocks' serial ports
+ *  and string types that can be handled by the configuration programs.
+ *  Revision 1.11  2002/02/01 11:36:58  MARTIN
+ *  Added new definitions for GPS168PCI.
+ *  Inserted definitions of firmware REV_NUMs  for supported features
+ *  which had previously been defined in pcpsdefs.h.
+ *  Include use_pack.h.
+ *  Updated comments.
+ *  Source code cleanup.
+ *  Revision 1.10  2001/11/30 09:52:48  martin
+ *  Added support for event_time which, however, requires
+ *  a custom GPS firmware.
+ *  Revision 1.9  2001/10/16 10:11:14  MARTIN
+ *  New Macro _pcps_has_serial_hs() which determines whether
+ *  DCF77 clock supports baud rate higher than default.
+ *  Re-arranged order of macro definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.8  2001/09/03 07:15:05  MARTIN
+ *  Added macro to access the firmware revision number.
+ *  Cleaned up macro syntax.
+ *  Added some comments.
+ *  Revision 1.7  2001/08/30 13:20:04  MARTIN
+ *  New macro to mark a PCPS_TIME variable  as unread.
+ *  New macro to check if a PCPS_TIME variable  is unread.
+ *  Revision 1.6  2001/03/15 15:45:01  MARTIN
+ *  Added types PCPS_ERR_FLAGS, PCPS_BUS_NUM, PCPS_SLOT_NUM.
+ *  Revision 1.5  2001/03/01 13:53:10  MARTIN
+ *  Initial version for the new driver library.
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _PCPSDEV_H
+#define _PCPSDEV_H
+
+#include <pcpsdefs.h>
+#include <gpsdefs.h>
+#include <usbdefs.h>
+#include <mbg_tgt.h>
+#include <use_pack.h>
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  //##++ ntddk.h or windows.h is now already included from mbg_tgt.h.
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  //##++ #include <asm/timex.h>
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_BSD )
+
+  //##++  #include <machine/bus.h>
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )   // set byte alignment
+  #pragma pack( 1 )
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined( MBG_TGT_WIN32 )
+
+  // used with QueryPerformanceCounter()
+  typedef int64_t MBG_PC_CYCLES;
+  typedef uint64_t MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY;
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+
+  typedef uint64_t MBG_PC_CYCLES;
+  typedef uint64_t MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY;
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_OS2 )
+
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES;  //##++ should differentiate more
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY;
+
+#elif defined( MBG_TGT_DOS )
+
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES;  //##++ should differentiate more
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY;
+  #define MBG_MEM_ADDR  uint32_t   // 64 bit not supported, nor required.
+
+#else // other target OSs which access the hardware directly
+
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES;  //##++ should differentiate more
+  typedef uint32_t MBG_PC_CYCLES_FREQUENCY;
+
+#endif
+
+
+// MBG_PC_CYCLES is always read in native machine endianess,
+// so no endianess conversion is required.
+#define _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( _p ) \
+  _nop_macro_fnc()
+
+
+#if !defined( MBG_MEM_ADDR )
+  // By default a memory address is stored
+  // as a 64 bit quantitiy.
+  #define MBG_MEM_ADDR  uint64_t
+#endif
+
+
+typedef uint8_t PCPS_STATUS_PORT;  /**< see \ref group_status_port "Bitmask" */
+typedef uint8_t MBG_DBG_DATA;
+typedef uint16_t MBG_DBG_PORT;
+
+
+// ------ definitions used when accessing a clock -------------------
+//  (also refer to pcpsdefs.h for more common definitions)
+
+/** @defgroup group_status_port Bit masks of PCPS_STATUS_PORT
+
+    These bits are ored with the #PCPS_STATUS_PORT byte.
+
+    The flags #PCPS_ST_SEC and #PCPS_ST_MIN are cleared whenever the clock
+    is read, so they are very unreliable in multitasking environments
+    and should therefore be ignored.
+
+    <b>NOTE</b>: On the PCI510 card the signal #PCPS_ST_IRQF has unintentionally
+    not been wired. Functions which check if a card has triggered an IRQ 
+    should check the PCI_ASIC_PCI_IRQF flag provided by the PCI interface.
+    The macros used by the mbglib driver library already do so.
+ *  @{
+ */
+ 
+#define PCPS_ST_BUSY  0x01  /**< the clock is busy filling the output FIFO */
+#define PCPS_ST_IRQF  0x02  /**< the clock has generated an IRQ on the PC bus */
+#define PCPS_ST_MOD   0x20  /**< the DCF77 modulation */
+#define PCPS_ST_SEC   0x40  /**< Seconds have changed since last reading */
+#define PCPS_ST_MIN   0x80  /**< Minutes have changed since last reading */
+
+/** @} */
+
+// The following flags describe the bus types which are
+// supported by the plugin clocks.
+#define PCPS_BUS_ISA        0x0001    // IBM compatible PC/AT ISA bus
+#define PCPS_BUS_MCA        0x0002    // IBM PS/2 micro channel
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI        0x0004    // PCI
+#define PCPS_BUS_USB        0x0008    // USB
+
+// The flags below are or'ed to the PC_BUS_PCI code
+// in order to indicate which PCI interface chip is used
+// on a PCI card. If no flag is set then the S5933 chip is
+// installed which has been used for the first generation
+// of Meinberg PCI cards.
+
+// S5920 PCI interface chip.
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_S5920    0x8000
+
+// Meinberg's own PCI interface chip.
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_ASIC     0x4000
+
+// PEX8311 PCI Express interface chip
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_PEX8311  0x2000
+
+
+// The constant below combines the PCI bus flags.
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5933    ( PCPS_BUS_PCI )
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5920    ( PCPS_BUS_PCI | PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_S5920 )
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_ASIC     ( PCPS_BUS_PCI | PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_ASIC )
+#define PCPS_BUS_PCI_PEX8311  ( PCPS_BUS_PCI | PCPS_BUS_PCI_CHIP_PEX8311 )
+
+
+
+/** A list of known radio clocks. */
+enum PCPS_TYPES
+{
+  PCPS_TYPE_PC31,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PS31_OLD,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PS31,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PC32,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI32,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS167PC,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS167PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI509,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS168PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI510,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS169PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR510PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR167PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS170PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PCI511,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PCI,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PEX511,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_GPS170PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_USB5131,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR51USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_MSF51USB,
+  PCPS_TYPE_PTP270PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_FRC511PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_TCR170PEX,
+  PCPS_TYPE_WWVB51USB,
+  N_PCPS_DEV_TYPE
+};
+
+
+#define PCPS_CLOCK_NAME_SZ   10   // including terminating 0
+
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_DEV_ID;
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_REF_TYPE;
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_BUS_FLAGS;
+
+/** 
+  The structure contains the characteristics of each
+  of the clocks listed above. These fields are always the
+  same for a single type of clock and do not change with
+  firmware version, port address, etc.
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t num;
+  char name[PCPS_CLOCK_NAME_SZ];
+  PCPS_DEV_ID dev_id;
+  PCPS_REF_TYPE ref_type;
+  PCPS_BUS_FLAGS bus_flags;
+} PCPS_DEV_TYPE;
+
+
+
+#if MBG_USE_MM_IO_FOR_PCI
+  typedef uint64_t PCPS_PORT_ADDR;
+#else
+  typedef uint16_t PCPS_PORT_ADDR;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+  The structure below describes an I/O port resource
+  used by a clock.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_PORT_ADDR base;
+  uint16_t num;
+} PCPS_PORT_RSRC;
+
+/** The max number of I/O port resources used by a clock. */
+#define N_PCPS_PORT_RSRC 2
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_MEM_ADDR user_virtual_address;
+  ulong len;
+  #if defined( MBG_TGT_LINUX )
+    uint32_t pfn_offset;
+  #endif
+} PCPS_MAPPED_MEM;
+
+
+
+typedef uint32_t PCPS_ERR_FLAGS;  /**< see \ref group_err_flags "Error flags" */
+typedef uint32_t PCPS_FEATURES;   /**< see \ref group_features "Features" */
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_BUS_NUM;
+typedef uint16_t PCPS_SLOT_NUM;
+
+/**
+  The structure below contains data which depends
+  on a individual instance of the clock, e.g.
+  the firmware which is currently installed, the
+  port address which has been configured, etc.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_ERR_FLAGS err_flags;   /**< See \ref group_err_flags "Error flags" */
+  PCPS_BUS_NUM bus_num;
+  PCPS_SLOT_NUM slot_num;
+  PCPS_PORT_RSRC port[N_PCPS_PORT_RSRC];
+  uint16_t status_port;
+  int16_t irq_num;
+  uint32_t timeout_clk;
+  uint16_t fw_rev_num;
+  PCPS_FEATURES features;     /**< See \ref group_features "Feature flags" */
+  PCPS_ID_STR fw_id;
+  PCPS_SN_STR sernum;
+} PCPS_DEV_CFG;
+
+/** @defgroup group_err_flags Error flags in PCPS_DEV_CFG
+  Flags used with PCPS_DEV_CFG::err_flags
+ @{
+*/
+#define PCPS_EF_TIMEOUT         0x00000001   /**< timeout occured  */
+#define PCPS_EF_INV_EPROM_ID    0x00000002   /**< invalid EPROM ID */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_INIT         0x00000004   /**< I/O intf not init'd */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_CFG          0x00000008   /**< I/O intf not cfg'd */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_ENB          0x00000010   /**< I/O intf not enabled */
+#define PCPS_EF_IO_RSRC         0x00000020   /**< I/O not registered w/ rsrcmgr */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup group_features Feature flags used with PCPS_FEATURES
+
+    Some features of the radio clocks have been introduced with
+    specific firmware versions, so depending on the firmware version
+    a clock may support a feature or not. The clock detection function
+    checks the clock model and firmware version and updates the field
+    PCPS_DEV_CFG::features accordingly. There are some macros which
+    can easily be used to query whether a clock device actually
+    supports a function, or not. The definitions define
+    the possible features.
+ @{
+*/
+#define PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME       0x00000001UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_SERIAL         0x00000002UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME      0x00000004UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_TZDL           0x00000008UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_IDENT          0x00000010UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS       0x00000020UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME        0x00000040UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_SERNUM         0x00000080UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_TZCODE         0x00000100UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_CABLE_LEN      0x00000200UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_EVENT_TIME     0x00000400UL  // custom GPS firmware only
+#define PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO  0x00000800UL
+#define PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF  0x00001000UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_PCPS_TZDL      0x00002000UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_UCAP           0x00004000UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX        0x00008000UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16    0x00010000UL  // use 16 bit size specifiers
+#define PCPS_HAS_SYNTH          0x00020000UL
+#define PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO     0x00040000UL
+/** @} */
+
+// The constants below define those features which are available
+// in ALL firmware versions which have been shipped with a
+// specific clock.
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PC31PS31  0
+
+// Some of the features are available in all newer clocks,
+// so these have been put together in one definition:
+#define PCPS_FEAT_LVL2      ( PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERIAL     \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PC32      ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI32     ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI509    ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI510    ( PCPS_FEAT_PCI509 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PCI511    ( PCPS_FEAT_PCI510 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS167PC  ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IDENT )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS167PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IDENT \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS168PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IDENT \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_CABLE_LEN \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS169PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_GPS168PCI \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS170PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_GPS169PCI \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR510PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR167PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_LVL2 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZDL \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR511PCI ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR510PCI \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PEX511    ( PCPS_FEAT_PCI511 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR511PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR511PCI )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_GPS170PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_GPS170PCI )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_USB5131   ( PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR51USB  ( PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_MSF51USB  ( PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS  \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_PTP270PEX ( PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_FRC511PEX ( PCPS_HAS_SERNUM    \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME   \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME  \
+                            | PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_UCAP \
+                            | PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_TCR170PEX ( PCPS_FEAT_TCR167PCI )
+
+#define PCPS_FEAT_WWVB51USB ( PCPS_FEAT_MSF51USB )
+
+// Some features of the API used to access Meinberg plug-in radio clocks
+// have been implemented starting with the special firmware revision
+// numbers defined below.
+//
+// If no number is specified for a feature/clock model then the feature
+// is either always supported by that clock model, or not at all.
+
+
+// There are some versions of PCI Express cards out there which do not
+// safely support hardware IRQs. The following firmware versions are required 
+// for safe IRQ operation:
+#define REV_HAS_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_PEX511     0x0106
+#define REV_HAS_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_TCR511PEX  0x0105
+#define REV_HAS_IRQ_FIX_MINOR_GPS170PEX  0x0104
+// Additionally there are certain revisions of the bus interface logic 
+// required. The associated version codes are defined in pci_asic.h.
+
+// The macro below can be used to check whether the required versions are there:
+#define _pcps_pex_irq_is_safe( _curr_fw_ver, _req_fw_ver, _curr_asic_ver,    \
+                               _req_asic_ver_major, _req_asic_ver_minor )    \
+  ( ( (_curr_fw_ver) >= (_req_fw_ver) ) && _pcps_asic_version_greater_equal( \
+    (_curr_asic_ver), (_req_asic_ver_major), (_req_asic_ver_minor ) )        \
+  )
+
+
+
+/* This board uses the GPS_DATA interface with 16 bit buffer sizes 
+   instead of the original 8 bit sizes, thus allowing to transfer 
+   data blocks which exceed 255 bytes (PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16) */
+#define REV_HAS_GPS_DATA_16_GPS169PCI    0x0202
+
+/* the clock supports a higher baud rate than N_PCPS_BD_DCF */
+#define REV_HAS_SERIAL_HS_PCI509         0x0104
+
+/* commands PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_ENTRIES, PCPS_GIVE_UCAP_EVENT */
+#define REV_HAS_UCAP_GPS167PCI           0x0421
+#define REV_HAS_UCAP_GPS168PCI           0x0104
+
+/* command PCPS_CLR_UCAP_BUFF */
+#define REV_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF_GPS167PCI  0x0419
+#define REV_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF_GPS168PCI  0x0101
+
+/* commands PCPS_READ_GPS_DATA and PCPS_WRITE_GPS_DATA with */
+/* code PC_GPS_ANT_CABLE_LEN */
+#define REV_HAS_CABLE_LEN_GPS167PCI      0x0411
+#define REV_HAS_CABLE_LEN_GPS167PC       0x0411
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_HR_TIME, structure PCPS_HR_TIME */
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_GPS167PC         0x0305
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_TCR510PCI        0x0200
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_PEX511           0x0105  // This also requires a certain ASIC version.
+#define REV_HAS_HR_TIME_PCI511           0x0103
+
+/* field offs_utc in structure PCPS_TIME */
+#define REV_HAS_UTC_OFFS_PC31PS31        0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_SYNC_TIME: */
+#define REV_HAS_SYNC_TIME_PC31PS31       0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_GET_SERIAL, PCPS_SET_SERIAL: */
+#define REV_HAS_SERIAL_PC31PS31          0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR: */
+#define REV_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR_PC31PS31   0x0300
+
+/* status bit PCPS_LS_ANN: */
+#define REV_PCPS_LS_ANN_PC31PS31         0x0300
+
+/* status bit PCPS_IFTM: */
+#define REV_PCPS_IFTM_PC31PS31           0x0300
+
+/* command PCPS_SET_TIME: */
+#define REV_CAN_SET_TIME_PC31PS31        0x0240
+
+/* command PCPS_GIVE_TIME_NOCLEAR: */
+// This is supported by all clocks but PC31/PS31 with
+// firmware versions before v3.0. If such a card shall 
+// be used then the firmware should be updated to the
+// last recent version.
+
+
+/** 
+ The structure has been defined to pass all
+ information on a clock device from a device driver
+ to a user program. */
+typedef struct
+{
+  PCPS_DEV_TYPE type;
+  PCPS_DEV_CFG cfg;
+} PCPS_DEV;
+
+
+// The macros below simplify access to the data
+// stored in PCPS_DEV structure and should be used
+// to extract the desired information.
+// If the formal parameter is called _d then a pointer
+// to device structure PCPS_DEV is expected.
+// If the formal parameter is called _c then a pointer
+// to configuration structure PCPS_DEV_CFG is expected.
+
+// Access device type information:
+#define _pcps_type_num( _d )     ( (_d)->type.num )
+#define _pcps_type_name( _d )    ( (_d)->type.name )
+#define _pcps_dev_id( _d )       ( (_d)->type.dev_id )
+#define _pcps_ref_type( _d )     ( (_d)->type.ref_type )
+#define _pcps_bus_flags( _d )    ( (_d)->type.bus_flags )
+
+// Query device type features:
+#define _pcps_is_gps( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_GPS )
+#define _pcps_is_dcf( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_DCF )
+#define _pcps_is_msf( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_MSF )
+#define _pcps_is_wwvb( _d )      ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_WWVB )
+#define _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )   ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_IRIG )
+#define _pcps_is_ptp( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_PTP )
+#define _pcps_is_frc( _d )       ( _pcps_ref_type( _d ) == PCPS_REF_FRC )
+
+#define _pcps_is_lwr( _d )       ( _pcps_is_dcf( _d ) || _pcps_is_msf( _d ) || _pcps_is_wwvb( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_is_isa( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_ISA )
+#define _pcps_is_mca( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_MCA )
+#define _pcps_is_pci( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_PCI )
+#define _pcps_is_usb( _d )       ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) & PCPS_BUS_USB )
+
+#define _pcps_is_pci_s5933( _d )    ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5933 )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_s5920( _d )    ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_S5920 )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_amcc( _d )     ( _pcps_is_pci_s5920( _d ) || _pcps_is_pci_s5933( _d )  )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_asic( _d )     ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_ASIC )
+#define _pcps_is_pci_pex8311( _d )  ( _pcps_bus_flags( _d ) == PCPS_BUS_PCI_PEX8311 )
+
+
+// Access device configuration information:
+#define _pcps_bus_num( _d )      ( (_d)->cfg.bus_num )
+#define _pcps_slot_num( _d )     ( (_d)->cfg.slot_num )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_port_rsrc( _c, _n )  ( (_c)->port[_n] )
+#define _pcps_port_rsrc( _d, _n )      _pcps_cfg_port_rsrc( &(_d)->cfg, (_n) )
+#define _pcps_port_rsrc_unused( _d )   ( (_d)->base == 0 || (_d)->num == 0 )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_port_base( _c, _n )  ( _pcps_cfg_port_rsrc( (_c), (_n) ).base )
+#define _pcps_port_base( _d, _n )      ( _pcps_port_rsrc( (_d), (_n) ).base )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_irq_num( _c )        ( (_c)->irq_num )
+#define _pcps_irq_num( _d )            _pcps_cfg_irq_num( &(_d)->cfg )
+
+#define _pcps_cfg_timeout_clk( _c )    ( (_c)->timeout_clk )
+#define _pcps_timeout_clk( _d )        _pcps_cfg_timeout_clk( &(_d)->cfg )
+
+#define _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d )         ( (_d)->cfg.fw_rev_num )
+#define _pcps_fw_id( _d )              ( (_d)->cfg.fw_id )
+#define _pcps_sernum( _d )             ( (_d)->cfg.sernum )
+
+
+// The macros below handle the clock device's err_flags.
+#define _pcps_err_flags( _d )           ( (_d)->cfg.err_flags )
+#define _pcps_chk_err_flags( _d, _msk ) ( _pcps_err_flags( _d ) & (_msk) )
+#define _pcps_set_err_flags( _d, _msk ) ( _pcps_err_flags( _d ) |= (_msk) )
+#define _pcps_clr_err_flags( _d, _msk ) ( _pcps_err_flags( _d ) &= ~(_msk) )
+
+
+// Query whether a special feature is supported:
+#define _pcps_has_feature( _d, _f ) ( ( (_d)->cfg.features & (_f) ) != 0 )
+#define _pcps_can_set_time( _d )   _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_CAN_SET_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_serial( _d )     _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SERIAL )
+#define _pcps_has_sync_time( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SYNC_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_ident( _d )      _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_IDENT )
+#define _pcps_has_utc_offs( _d )   _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_UTC_OFFS )
+#define _pcps_has_hr_time( _d )    _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_HR_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_sernum( _d )     _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SERNUM )
+#define _pcps_has_cab_len( _d )    _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_CABLE_LEN )
+#define _pcps_has_tzdl( _d )       _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_TZDL )
+#define _pcps_has_pcps_tzdl( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_PCPS_TZDL )
+#define _pcps_has_tzcode( _d )     _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+#define _pcps_has_tz( _d )         _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_TZDL \
+                                                          | PCPS_HAS_PCPS_TZDL \
+                                                          | PCPS_HAS_TZCODE )
+// The next one is supported only with a certain GPS firmware version:
+#define _pcps_has_event_time( _d ) _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_EVENT_TIME )
+#define _pcps_has_receiver_info( _d ) _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_RECEIVER_INFO )
+#define _pcps_can_clr_ucap_buff( _d ) _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_CAN_CLR_UCAP_BUFF )
+#define _pcps_has_ucap( _d )       _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_UCAP )
+#define _pcps_has_irig_tx( _d )    _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_IRIG_TX )
+
+// The macro below determines whether a DCF77 clock
+// supports a higher baud rate than standard
+#define _pcps_has_serial_hs( _d ) \
+  ( ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PEX ) || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PEX511 )    || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR511PCI ) || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_TCR510PCI ) || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PCI511 )    || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PCI510 )    || \
+    ( _pcps_type_num( _d ) == PCPS_TYPE_PCI509 &&      \
+      _pcps_fw_rev_num( _d ) >= REV_HAS_SERIAL_HS_PCI509 ) )
+
+
+#define _pcps_has_signal( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_dcf( _d ) || _pcps_is_msf( _d ) || _pcps_is_wwvb( _d ) || _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )  )
+
+#define _pcps_has_mod( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_dcf( _d ) || _pcps_is_msf( _d ) || _pcps_is_wwvb( _d ) )
+
+
+#define _pcps_has_irig( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d ) || _pcps_has_irig_tx( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_ref_offs( _d ) \
+  _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_ref_offs_out_of_range( _n ) \
+  ( ( (_n) > MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX ) || ( (_n) < -MBG_REF_OFFS_MAX ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_opt_flags( _d ) \
+  _pcps_is_irig_rx( _d )
+
+#define _pcps_has_gps_data_16( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_GPS_DATA_16 )
+
+#define _pcps_has_gps_data( _d ) \
+  ( _pcps_is_gps( _d ) || _pcps_has_gps_data_16( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_synth( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_SYNTH )
+
+#define _pcps_has_generic_io( _d )  _pcps_has_feature( (_d), PCPS_HAS_GENERIC_IO )
+
+#define _pcps_has_asic_version( _d ) ( _pcps_is_pci_asic( _d ) || _pcps_is_pci_pex8311( _d ) )
+
+#define _pcps_has_asic_features( _d ) _pcps_has_asic_version( _d )
+
+
+/** 
+  The structure is used to return info
+  on the device driver.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t ver_num;    /**< the device driver's version number */
+  uint16_t n_devs;     /**< the number of radio clocks handled by the driver */
+  PCPS_ID_STR id_str;  /**< the device driver's ID string */
+} PCPS_DRVR_INFO;
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions and types below are used to collect
+ * all configuration parameters of a clock's serial ports
+ * that can be handled by this library:
+ */
+
+// The maximum number of clocks' serial ports and string types
+// that can be handled by the configuration programs:
+#define MAX_PARM_PORT        4
+#define MAX_PARM_STR_TYPE    20
+
+typedef PORT_INFO_IDX ALL_PORT_INFO[MAX_PARM_PORT];
+typedef STR_TYPE_INFO_IDX ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO[MAX_PARM_STR_TYPE];
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  ALL_PORT_INFO pii;
+  ALL_STR_TYPE_INFO stii;
+  PORT_PARM tmp_pp;
+
+} RECEIVER_PORT_CFG;
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The definitions and types below are used to collect
+ * all configuration parameters of a clock's programmable
+ * pulse outputs that can be handled by this library:
+ */
+
+#define MAX_PARM_POUT        4
+
+typedef POUT_INFO_IDX ALL_POUT_INFO[MAX_PARM_POUT];
+
+
+
+// The macros below can be used to mark a PCPS_TIME variable
+// as unread, i.e. its contents have not been read from the clock,
+// and to check if such a variable is marked as unread.
+#define _pcps_time_set_unread( _t );      { (_t)->sec = 0xFF; }
+#define _pcps_time_is_read( _t )          ( (uchar) (_t)->sec != 0xFF )
+
+
+
+/**
+ The structure is used to read current time from
+ a device, combined with an associated PC cycle counter value
+ to compensate program execution time. The cycle counter value
+ is usually derived from the PC CPU's TSC and the type is
+ redefined to a common type, depending on the operating system.
+ The cycle counter clock frequency usually corresponds to the
+ PC CPU clock frequency.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cycles;
+  PCPS_TIME t;
+} PCPS_TIME_CYCLES;
+
+
+
+/** 
+ The structure is used to read a high resolution UTC time stamp 
+ plus associated PC cycles counter value to compensate the latency.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cycles;
+  PCPS_TIME_STAMP tstamp;     /**< High resolution time stamp (UTC) */
+} PCPS_TIME_STAMP_CYCLES;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_time_stamp_cycles( _p ) \
+{                                              \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( &(_p)->cycles );    \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_time_stamp( &(_p)->tstamp );  \
+}
+
+
+
+/** 
+ The structure is used to read current high resolution time from
+ a device, combined with an associated PC cycle counter value
+ to compensate program execution time. The cycle counter value
+ is usually derived from the PC CPU's TSC and the type is
+ redefined to a common type, depending on the operating system.
+ The cycle counter clock frequency usually corresponds to the
+ PC CPU clock frequency.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+  MBG_PC_CYCLES cycles;
+  PCPS_HR_TIME t;
+} PCPS_HR_TIME_CYCLES;
+
+#define _mbg_swab_pcps_hr_time_cycles( _p ) \
+{                                           \
+  _mbg_swab_mbg_pc_cycles( &(_p)->cycles ); \
+  _mbg_swab_pcps_hr_time( &(_p)->t );       \
+}
+
+
+
+typedef uint32_t PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO;
+
+// Flags used with PCPS_IRQ_STAT_INFO:
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STAT_ENABLE_CALLED  0x01
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STAT_ENABLED        0x02
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STAT_UNSAFE         0x04  // IRQs unsafe with this firmeware version / ASIC
+
+#define PCPS_IRQ_STATE_DANGER        ( PCPS_IRQ_STAT_ENABLED | PCPS_IRQ_STAT_UNSAFE )
+
+#define _pcps_fw_rev_num_major( _v ) \
+  ( ( (_v) >> 8 ) & 0xFF )
+
+#define _pcps_fw_rev_num_minor( _v ) \
+  ( (_v) & 0xFF )
+
+
+#if defined( _USE_PACK )   // set default alignment
+  #pragma pack()
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#undef _ext
+
+#endif  /* _PCPSDEV_H */
+
diff --git a/c/mbglib/include/usbdefs.h b/c/mbglib/include/usbdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..921b514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/include/usbdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $Id: usbdefs.h 1.7 2008/11/28 07:45:30Z daniel REL_M $
+ *
+ *  Copyright (c) Meinberg Funkuhren, Bad Pyrmont, Germany
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *    Definitions used with USB devices.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  $Log: usbdefs.h $
+ *  Revision 1.7  2008/11/28 07:45:30Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for WWVB51USB
+ *  Revision 1.6  2008/01/09 10:39:18Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for MSF51USB
+ *  Revision 1.5  2007/10/29 08:23:26Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for TCR51USB
+ *  Revision 1.4  2007/09/25 09:59:50Z  daniel
+ *  Added indices for endpoint definitions.
+ *  Added timeout definitions.
+ *  Revision 1.3  2006/12/20 16:11:36Z  daniel
+ *  Added new device class and device_id for nCipher CMC-device.
+ *  Revision 1.2  2006/12/07 09:10:57Z  daniel
+ *  Added new class code and device ID for USB5131.
+ *  Revision 1.1  2006/04/21 08:14:56Z  martin
+ *  Initial revision
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _USBDEFS_H
+#define _USBDEFS_H
+
+
+/* Other headers to be included */
+
+
+/* Start of header body */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Meinberg's USB vendor ID number (assigned by USB-IF Administration) */
+#define USB_VENDOR_MEINBERG     0x1938
+
+
+/*
+ * USB device class codes (assigned by Meinberg) 
+ */
+enum
+{
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_NONE,   // (unknown or not defined)
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_CPC,    // Control Panel Controller
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_TSU,    // Time Stamp Unit
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_DCF,    // DCF77 Radio Clock
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_CMC,    // nCipher Crypto Module Carrier
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_TCR,    // IRIG Time Code Receiver
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_MSF,    // MSF Radio Clock
+  MBG_USB_CLASS_WWVB,   // WWVB Radio Clock
+  N_MBG_USB_CLASS       // number of known device class codes
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * USB device ID numbers (assigned by Meinberg) 
+ *   High byte:  USB device class as specified above
+ *   Low byte:   enumeration of device of a class
+ */
+#define USB_DEV_CPC_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_CPC << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_TSU_01      ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_TSU << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_USB5131     ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_DCF << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_CMC         ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_CMC << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_TCR51USB    ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_TCR << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_MSF51USB    ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_MSF << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+#define USB_DEV_WWVB51USB   ( ( MBG_USB_CLASS_WWVB << 8 )  | 0x01 )
+
+enum
+{
+  MBGUSB_EP_IDX_HOST_IN,          // transfers from device to host
+  MBGUSB_EP_IDX_HOST_OUT,         // transfers from host to device
+  MBGUSB_EP_IDX_HOST_IN_CYCLIC,   // cyclic auto-transfer to host
+  MBGUSB_MAX_ENDPOINTS            // max number of supported endpoints
+};
+
+
+#ifndef MBGUSB_TIMEOUT_SEND_MS 
+  #define MBGUSB_TIMEOUT_SEND_MS             500   // [ms]
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MBGUSB_TIMEOUT_RECEIVE_MS
+  #define MBGUSB_TIMEOUT_RECEIVE_MS          500   // [ms]
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MBGUSB_TIMEOUT_RECEIVE_CYCLIC_MS
+  #define MBGUSB_TIMEOUT_RECEIVE_CYCLIC_MS   2000  // [ms]
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* End of header body */
+
+#endif  /* _USBDEFS_H */
diff --git a/c/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgdevio.lib b/c/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgdevio.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..218352b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgdevio.lib
diff --git a/c/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgutil.lib b/c/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgutil.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6070da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/c/mbglib/lib/msc/mbgutil.lib